Create a new private structure for OF match data in the
dwmac-sti driver. This enables us to eventually drop the
common OF match data structure which contains a lot of
unused fields.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since only a few of the dwmac-* drivers actually need to use
the OF match move handling into the dwmac-* drivers that need
it. This will also allow dwmac-* drivers to use their own
custom match data structure.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As all dwmac-* drivers now have their own probe function move
the common one into dwmac-generic driver and drop the EXPORT.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a new probe functions that call the necessary setup
functions. This is done in preparation for a code refactor
in this driver and dropping the common probe function in
stmmac_platform.c.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By using a few functions from stmmac_platform a proper probe
function can be created from the setup glue callback. This
makes it look more like a standard driver and prepares the
driver for further clean ups.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By using a few functions from stmmac_platform a proper probe
function can be created from the setup glue callback. This
makes it look more like a standard driver and the OF match
data can also be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move sun7i_gmac_setup in preparation for turning it into
a proper probe function.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By using a few functions from stmmac_platform a proper probe
function can be created from the setup glue callback. This
makes it look more like a standard driver and the OF match
data can also be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move socfpga_dwmac_probe in preparation for turning it into
a proper probe function.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By using a few functions from stmmac_platform a proper probe
function can be created from the setup glue callback. This
makes it look more like a standard driver and the OF match
data can also be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move ipq806x_gmac_fix_mac_speed in preparation for turning
the setup glue callback in a proper probe function.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_platform.c:304:1-3: WARNING: PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO can be used
Use PTR_ERR_OR_ZERO rather than if(IS_ERR(...)) + PTR_ERR
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/api/ptr_ret.cocci
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
[je: rebase and insert newline before return]
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a platform driver for the new generation of the
gigabit ethernet IP from Synopsys. It is developed for version 4.10a
of the IP core.
Signed-off-by: Lars Persson <larper@axis.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code checks the total number of iterations to differentiate
between regular scan and scheduled scan. However, regular scan has
a total of one iteration, not zero. As a result, regular scan will
have lower priority than it should have, and in case scheduled
scan is already running when regular scan is requested, regular scan
will be delayed until scheduled scan is aborted.
Fix that by checking for total iterations number of one as an
identifier for regular scan.
Fixes: 133c8259f8 ("iwlwifi: mvm: rename generic_scan_cmd functions to dwell")
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When the card is not owned by the PCIe bus, we need to
acquire ownership first. This flow is implemented in
iwl_pcie_prepare_card_hw. Because of a hardware bug, we
need to disable link power management before we can
request ownership otherwise the other user of the device
won't get notified that we are requesting the device which
will prevent us from acquire ownership.
Same holds for the down flow where we need to make sure
that any other potential user is notified that the driver
is going down.
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [4.1]
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
To enable device support in accelerated 802.1ad vlan, the port
capability "packet has vlan enable" (phv_en) should be set.
Firmware won't work properly, in case phv_en is not set.
The user can enable "phv_en" port capability with the new ethtool
private flag phv-bit. The phv-bit private flag default value is OFF,
users who are interested in 802.1ad hardware acceleration should turn ON
the phv-bit private flag:
$ ethtool --set-priv-flags eth1 phv-bit on
Once the private flag is set, the device is ready for 802.1ad vlan
acceleration.
The user should also change the interface device features and turn on
"tx-vlan-stag-hw-insert" which is off by default:
$ ethtool -K eth1 tx-vlan-stag-hw-insert on
"phv-bit" private flag setting is available only for Physical
Functions(PF), the Virtual Function (VF) will be able to use the feature
by setting "tx-vlan-stag-hw-insert" ethtool device feature only if the
feature was enabled by the Hypervisor.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To add Hardware accelerated support in 802.1ad vlan, replace
Current VLAN macros to CVLAN.
Replace:
MLX4_WQE_CTRL_INS_VLAN
MLX4_CQE_VLAN_PRESENT_MASK
With:
MLX4_WQE_CTRL_INS_CVLAN
MLX4_CQE_CVLAN_PRESENT_MASK
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently we support only one ethtool private flag. Prepare
mlx4_en_set_priv_flags function to support more than one private flag.
Will be used in the next patch to support hardware accelerated 802.1ad
vlan.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx4_core preparation to support hardware accelerated 802.1ad VLAN
device.
To allow 802.1ad accelerated device, "packet has vlan" (phv)
Firmware capability should be available. Firmware without the
phv capability won't behave properly and can't support 802.1ad device
acceleration.
The driver checks the Firmware capability and sets the phv bit
accordingly in SET_PORT command.
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Network header is set with offset ETH_HLEN but it is not true for VLAN
(multiple-)tagged and results in checksum issues in lower devices.
v2: leave skb->protocol untouched (thx Vlad), comment added
v3: moved after skb_probe_transport_header() call (thx Toshiaki)
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If an architecture defines readl/writel using CPP macros, we
get the following kinds of build failure:
> > > drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c:164:1: error: macro "writel"
> > > passed 3 arguments, but takes just 2
> macb_or_gem_writel(bp, SA1B, bottom);
> ^
Rename the methods so that this doesn't happen.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Renesas Ethernet AVB controller requires that all data are aligned on 4-byte
boundary. While it's easily achievable for the RX data with the help of
skb_reserve() (we even align on 128-byte boundary as recommended by the manual),
we can't do the same with the TX data, and it always comes unaligned from
the networking core. Originally we solved it an easy way, copying all packet
to a preallocated aligned buffer; however, it's enough to copy only up to
3 first bytes from each packet, doing the transfer using 2 TX descriptors
instead of just 1. Here's an implementation of the new TX algorithm that
significantly reduces the driver's memory requirements.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a switch is attached to the mdio bus, the mdio bus can be used
while the interface is not open. If the IPG clock is not enabled, MDIO
reads/writes will simply time out.
Add support for runtime PM to control this clock. Enable/disable this
clock using runtime PM, with open()/close() and mdio read()/write()
function triggering runtime PM operations. Since PM is optional, the
IPG clock is enabled at probe and is no longer modified by
fec_enet_clk_enable(), thus if PM is not enabled in the kernel, it is
guaranteed the clock is running when MDIO operations are performed.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Lucas Stach <l.stach@pengutronix.de>
Cc: tyler.baker@linaro.org
Cc: fabio.estevam@freescale.com
Cc: shawn.guo@linaro.org
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Tested-by: Tyler Baker <tyler.baker@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the temperature sensing code for mv88e6352 and mv88e6320 families
into mv88e6xxx.c to simplify adding support for additional chips.
With this change, mv88e6xxx_6320_family() no longer needs to be
a global function and is made static.
Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Acked-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch asserts SGMII RTRESET, i.e. resetting the SGMII Tx/Rx
logic, during network interface shutdown to avoid having the
hardware wedge when shutting down with high incoming traffic rates.
This is cleared (brought out of RTRESET) when the interface is
brought back up.
Signed-off-by: WingMan Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds data structures and handlers for messages related
to SRIOV Virtual Function.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
macb_count_tx_descriptors() repeats the generic macro DIV_ROUND_UP(). The patch
does a replacement.
There is no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the following warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c: In function ‘macb_handle_link_change’:
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c:266: warning: comparison between signed and unsigned
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c:267: warning: comparison between signed and unsigned
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c:291: warning: comparison between signed and unsigned
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c: In function ‘gem_update_stats’:
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c:1908: warning: comparison between signed and unsigned
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c: In function ‘gem_get_ethtool_strings’:
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c:1988: warning: comparison between signed and unsigned
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To avoid messages like
macb macb.0 (unnamed net_device) (uninitialized): Cadence caps 0x00000000
macb macb.0 (unnamed net_device) (uninitialized): invalid hw address, using random
let's use dev_*() macros.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 98b5a0f4a2 introduces jumbo frame support, but also it assumes
that macb_config present which is not always true.
The configuration without macb_config fails to boot.
Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual address 00000010
ptbr = 90350000 pgd = 00000000
Oops: Kernel access of bad area, sig: 11 [#1]
FRAME_POINTER chip: 0x01f:0x1e82 rev 2
Modules linked in:
CPU: 0 PID: 1 Comm: swapper Not tainted 4.2.0-rc3-next-20150723+ #13
task: 91c26000 ti: 91c28000 task.ti: 91c28000
PC is at macb_probe+0x140/0x61c
Fixes: 98b5a0f4a2 (net: macb: Add support for jumbo frames)
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit a50dad355a (net: macb: Add big endian CPU support) converted I/O
accessors to readl_relaxed() and writel_relaxed() and consequentially broke
MACB driver on AVR32 platforms such as ATNGW100.
This patch improves I/O access by checking endiannes first and use the
corresponding methods.
Fixes: a50dad355a (net: macb: Add big endian CPU support)
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
num_grat_arp wasn't converted to the new bonding option API, so do this
now and remove the specific sysfs store option in order to use the
standard one. num_grat_arp is the same as num_unsol_na so add it as an
alias with the same option settings. An important difference is the option
name which is matched in bond_sysfs_store_option().
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When using fiber port, the phy cannot report it's auto negotiation state,
driver should always report auto negotiation is done when using fiber port.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/phy/dp83867.c:126:1-4: WARNING: end returns can be simpified
drivers/net/phy/dp83867.c:74:5-8: WARNING: end returns can be simpified if tested value is negative or 0
Simplify a trivial if-return sequence. Possibly combine with a
preceding function call.
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/misc/simple_return.cocci
CC: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adjust napi_disable() and napi_enable() to avoid r8152_poll() start
working before rx ready. Otherwise, it may have race condition for
rx_agg.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid the driver to enable WOL if the device doesn't support it.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Disable U1/U2 during initialization.
- Disable lpm when linking is on, and enable it when linking is off.
- Disable U1/U2 when enabling runtime suspend.
It is possible to let hw stop working, if the U1/U2 request occurs
during some situations. The patch is used to avoid it.
Signed-off-by: Hayes Wang <hayeswang@realtek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In addition to the source/destination IP which are already hashed.
Only for unicast traffic for now.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No logical change in this commit.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A regular TX WQE execution involves two or more DMA reads -
one to fetch the WQE, and another one per WQE gather entry.
These DMA reads obviously increase the TX latency.
There are two mlx5 mechanisms to bypass these DMA reads:
1) Inline WQE
2) Blue Flame (BF)
An inline WQE contains a whole packet, thus saves the DMA read/s
of the regular WQE gather entry/s. Inline WQE support was already
added in the previous commit.
A BF WQE is written directly to the device I/O mapped memory, thus
enables saving the DMA read that fetches the WQE.
The BF WQE I/O write must be in cache line granularity, thus uses
the CPU write combining mechanism.
A BF WQE I/O write acts also as a TX doorbell for notifying the
device of new TX WQEs.
A BF WQE is written to the same I/O mapped address as the regular TX
doorbell, thus this address is being mapped twice - once by ioremap()
and once by io_mapping_map_wc().
While both mechanisms reduce the TX latency, they both consume more CPU
cycles than a regular WQE:
- A BF WQE must still be written to host memory, in addition to being
written directly to the device I/O mapped memory.
- An inline WQE involves copying the SKB data into it.
To handle this tradeoff, we introduce here a heuristic algorithm that
strives to avoid using these two mechanisms in case the TX queue is
being back-pressured by the device, and limit their usage rate otherwise.
An inline WQE will always be "Blue Flamed" (written directly to the
device I/O mapped memory) while a BF WQE may not be inlined (may contain
gather entries).
Preliminary testing using netperf UDP_RR shows that the latency goes down
from 17.5us to 16.9us, while the message rate (tested with pktgen) stays
the same.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AKA inline WQE.
A TX latency optimization to save data gather DMA reads.
Controlled by ETHTOOL_TX_COPYBREAK.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By affinity hints and XPS, each mlx5e channel is assigned a CPU
core.
Channel DMA coherent memory that is written by the NIC and read
by SW (e.g CQ buffer) is allocated on the NUMA node of the CPU
core assigned for the channel.
Channel DMA coherent memory that is written by SW and read by the
NIC (e.g SQ/RQ buffer) is allocated on the NUMA node of the NIC.
Doorbell record (written by SW and read by the NIC) is an
exception since it is accessed by SW more frequently.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ConnectX-4 HW implements inverted XOR8.
To make it act as XOR we re-order the HW RSS indirection table.
Set XOR to be the default RSS hash function and add ethtool API to
control it.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the missing statistics for the host
and slave ports of the CPSW on K2L and K2E platforms.
Signed-off-by: WingMan Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In certain applications it's beneficial to allow the CPSW h/w
stats counters to continue to increment even while the kernel
polls them. This patch implements this behavior for both 1G
and 10G ethernet subsystem modules.
Signed-off-by: WingMan Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Different Keystone2 platforms have different number and
layouts of hw statistics modules. This patch consolidates
the statistics processing of different Keystone2 platforms
for easy maintenance.
Signed-off-by: WingMan Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CPSW driver keeps internally some, but not all, of
the statistics available in the hw statistics modules. Furthermore,
some of the locations in the hw statistics modules are reserved and
contain no useful information. Prior to this patch, the driver
allocates memory of the size of the the whole hw statistics modules,
instead of the size of statistics-entries-interested-in (i.e. et_stats),
for internal storage. This patch fixes that.
Signed-off-by: WingMan Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes error in the setting of the hw statistics
module base for K2HK platform. In K2HK although there are
4 hw statistics modules, but only 2 are visible at a time.
Thus when setting up the pointers to the base of the
corresponding hw statistics modules, modules 0 and 2 should
point to one base, while modules 1 and 3 should point to the
other.
Signed-off-by: WingMan Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a bug in which the timer routine synchronized
against the ethtool-triggered statistics updates with spin_lock_bh().
A timer function is itself a bottom-half, so this should be
spin_lock().
Signed-off-by: WingMan Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function frees resources and cancels delayed work item that
have been initialized in fec_ptp_init().
Use this to do proper error handling if something goes wrong in
probe function after fec_ptp_init has been called.
Signed-off-by: Lucas Stach <l.stach@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
So it gets freed when the device is going away.
This fixes a DMA memory leak on driver probe() fail and driver
remove().
Signed-off-by: Lucas Stach <l.stach@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
VF driver was reading incorrect freelist congestion notification threshold
for FLM queues when packing is enabled for T5 and T6 adapter. Fixing it
now.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes: a3138df9 ("[NIU]: Add Sun Neptune ethernet driver.")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
JUMBO and NO_GIGABIT_HALF have the same capability masks.
Change one of them.
Signed-off-by: Harini Katakam <harinik@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Acked-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 8d88c6ebb3 ("net: bcmgenet: enable MoCA link state change
detection") added a fixed PHY link_update callback for MoCA PHYs when
registered using platform_data exclusively, this change is also
applicable to systems using Device Tree as their primary configuration
interface.
In order for this to work, move the link_update assignment into
bcmgenet_moca_phy_setup() where we know for sure that we are running on
a MoCA GENET instance, and do not override phydev->link since this is:
- properly taken care of by the PHY library by getting the link UP/DOWN
interrupts
- this now runs everytime we call bcmgenet_open(), so we need to
preserve whatever we detected before we went administratively DOWN and
then UP
- we need to make sure that MoCA PHYs start with a link DOWN during
probe in order to force a link transition to occur
To avoid a forward declaration, move bcmgenet_fixed_phy_link_update()
above its caller.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of multiplying the number of checks for IS_ERR(priv->clk),
simply NULLify the 'struct clk' pointer which is something the Linux
common clock framework perfectly deals with and does early return for
each and every single clk_* API functions.
Having every single function check for !IS_ERR(priv->clk) is both
redundant and error prone, as it turns out, we were doing it for the
main GENET clock: priv->clk, but not for the Wake-on-LAN or EEE clock,
so let's just be consistent here.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code returns from probe without waiting for the proper handling
of subchannels that may be requested. If the netvsc driver were to be rapidly
loaded/unloaded, we can trigger a panic as the unload will be tearing
down state that may not have been fully setup yet. We fix this issue by making
sure that we return from the probe call only after ensuring that the
sub-channel offers in flight are properly handled.
Reviewed-and-tested-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adapter can go for a toss, if cxgb4 is loaded as slave and we try to
upgrade the firmware. So add a check for the same before flashing
firmware using ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Silences the following sparse warnings:
drivers/net/vxlan.c:1818:21: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
drivers/net/vxlan.c:1818:21: expected restricted __be32 [usertype] vx_vni
drivers/net/vxlan.c:1818:21: got unsigned int [unsigned] [usertype] vni
drivers/net/vxlan.c:2014:58: warning: incorrect type in argument 11 (different base types)
drivers/net/vxlan.c:2014:58: expected unsigned int [unsigned] [usertype] vni
drivers/net/vxlan.c:2014:58: got restricted __be32 [usertype] <noident>
Fixes: 614732eaa1 ("openvswitch: Use regular VXLAN net_device device")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In mlx4_en_is_ring_empty we check if ring surpassed its size.
Since the prod and cons indicators are u32, there might be a state where
prod wrapped around and cons, making this assert false, although no
actual bug exists (other code segment can cope with this state).
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eugenia Emantayev <eugenia@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a port is not attached, the FW requires a longer than usual time to
execute the SENSE_PORT command. In the command flow, the
wait_for_completion_timeout call used in mlx4_cmd_wait puts the kernel
thread into the uninterruptible state during this time. This, in turn,
due to the computation method, causes the CPU load average to increase.
Fix this by using wait_for_completion_interruptible_timeout() for the
SENSE_PORT command, which puts the thread in the interruptible state.
In this state, the thread does not contribute to the CPU load average.
Treat the interrupted case as if the SENSE_PORT command returned
port_type = NONE.
Fix suggested by Gideon Naim <gideonn@mellanox.com> and
Bart Van Assche <bart.vanassche@sandisk.com>.
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The port-change event processing in procedure mlx4_eq_int() uses "slave"
as the vf_oper array index. Since the value of "slave" is the PF function
index, the result is that the PF link state is used for deciding to
propagate the event for all the VFs. The VF link state should be used,
so the VF function index should be used here.
Fixes: 948e306d7d ('net/mlx4: Add VF link state support')
Signed-off-by: Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some old PF drivers don't let VFs allocate counters, in that case, use
the sink counter so the VF can load and operate properly.
Fixes: 6de5f7f6a1 ('net/mlx4_core: Allocate default counter per port')
Reported-by: Sebastian Ott <sebott@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-07-23
This series contains updates to e1000e, igb, ixgbevf, i40e and i40evf.
Emil extends the reporting of the RSS key and hash table by adding support
for x550 VFs.
Jia-Ju Bai fixes a QoS issue in e1000e where the error handling lacked a
call to pm_qos_remove_request() to cleanup the QoS request made in
e1000_open().
Todd updates igb to report unsupported for ethtool coalesce settings
that are not supported. Also updated the driver to use the ARRAY_SIZE()
macro.
Carolyn fixes and refactors the dynamic ITR code for i40e and i40evf
which would never change dynamically. So update the switch() statement
to have a default case and switch on "new_latency_range" versus the
current ITR setting.
Shannon cleans up i40e code, where there were un-needed goto's. Also
clean up error status messages that were causing some confusion in
PHY and FCoE setup error reports.
Mitch updates the virtual channel interface to prepare for the x722 device
and other future devices, so that the VF driver can report what its
capable of supporting to the PF driver. Updates the i40evf driver to
handle resets like Core or EMP resets, where the device is reinitialized
and the VF will not get the same VSI.
Jesse updates the i40e and i40evf driver to use the kernel BIT() and
BIT_ULL() macros.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add be_get_phys_port_id() function to report physical port id. The port id
should be unique across different be2net devices in the system. We use the
chip serial number along with the physical port number for this.
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HTT_H2T_MSG_TYPE_MGMT_TX msg in 10.4 firmware carries additional
4 byte in htt_mgmt_tx_desc where it tells to firmware that at what
rate mgmt frame has to go out in the air. It's an optional parameter,
setting this field to zero will force firmware to choose auto rate
and send the frame out.
Those 4 byte info is missed out in the current code and 10.4 firmware
ended up reading some junk in those 4 byte and sometime malfunctioning.
Fix it by adding 4 byte in struct htt_mgmt_tx_desc. Non 10.4 firmware
will not process those four byte. So, adding 4 byte at the end of
struct htt_mgmt_tx_desc will not create any impact on other chipset.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The patch adds support to offload TCP/UDP checksum
calculations for QCA99x0.
Signed-off-by: Manikanta Pubbisetty <c_mpubbi@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
chandef is initialized with NULL and on the very next line, we are using it to
get channel, which is not correct. Channel should be initialized after
obtaining chandef.
Found by cppcheck:
ath/ath10k/mac.c:839]: (error) Possible null pointer dereference: chandef
Signed-off-by: Maninder Singh <maninder1.s@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
QCA99X0 chip has an extra 4 bytes in rx_msdu_start,
20 bytes in rx_msdu_end and 20 bytes in rx_ppdu_end structure
which are used in htt_rx_desc and HTT Rx ring offset setup.
This is necessary for correct Rx for QCA99X0 or Rx descriptors
will be overwritten and corrupted.
With this patch QCA988X and QCA6174 will have extra 44 bytes
padding in Rx descriptor layout which is harmless.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
rx_ppdu_end_common structure is valid for both of qca998x and
qca6174, but not for qca99x0 since it has new additional members.
Hence update the common structure to cover qca99x0 as well.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Since QCA99X0 uses fragmentation descriptor differently from
other ones on tx path, we need to handle it separately.
QCA99X0 is using 48 bits for address and 16 bits for length
out of 2 dword and each values have to be programmed by frag
desc base addr + msdu id, so that hardware can retrieve
corresponding frag data.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oh <poh@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It is observed that during cold reset pcie access right
after a write operation to SOC_GLOBAL_RESET_ADDRESS causes
Data Bus Error and system hard lockup. The reason
for bus error is that pcie needs some time to get
back to stable state for any transaction during cold reset. Add
delay of 20 msecs after write of SOC_GLOBAL_RESET_ADDRESS
to fix this issue. This patch is tested on QCA988X. This is
also tested on QCA99X0 which is WIP.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In ancient times it was necessary to manually initialize the bus
field of an spi_driver to spi_bus_type. These days this is done in
spi_register_driver(), so we can drop the manual assignment.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Borneo <borneo.antonio@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Use macros for abstracting (1 << foo) to BIT(foo)
and (1ULL << foo64) to BIT_ULL(foo64) in order to match
better with kernel requirements.
NOTE: the adminq_cmd.h file was not modified on purpose because
of the dependency upon firmware for that file.
Change-ID: I73ee2e48c880d671948aad19bd53ca6b2ac558fc
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Clean up a little confusion in reporting error status in phy and fcoe
setup error reports by separating the return status from the AQ error.
Add two decoder functions to make this easier.
Change-ID: I960bcdeef3978a15fec1cdb5eff781d5cbae42fb
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This driver fully supports VF drivers using both the 1.0 and 1.1
versions of the virtual channel API. However, VF drivers using
version 1.0 get upset if we provide them with a version other than
that, and refuse to play with us.
Correct this by checking the VFs API version at the time that we
store it off, and provide the correct version number back to the VF
so we can all get along.
Change-ID: I86dfe02e67b2bef336b4b49a1bb072f3e7229abc
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Store off the PF's API version, then use it to determine whether or not
to send it our capabilities. Change the version checking to allow for PF
drivers with lower API versions than our current version, so we can
still talk to PF drivers over the 1.0 API.
Change-ID: I8edc55d1229c7decf0ed3f285a63032694007c2e
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The most common type of reset that the VF will encounter is a PF reset
that cascades down into a VF reset for each VF. In this case, the VF
will always be assigned the same VSI and recovery is fairly simple.
However, in the case of 'bigger' resets, such as a Core or EMP reset,
when the device is reinitialized, it's probable that the VF will NOT get
the same VSI. When this happens, the VF will not be able to recover, as
it will continue to request resources for its original VSI.
Add an extra state to the admin queue state machine so that the driver
can re-request its configuration information at runtime. During reset
recovery, set this bit in the aq_required field, and fetch the (possibly
new) configuration information before attempting to bring the driver
back up. Since the driver doesn't know what kind of reset it has
encountered, this step is done even for a PF reset, but it doesn't hurt
anything - it just gets the same VSI back.
Change-ID: I915d59ffb40375215117362f4ac7a37811aba748
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Store off the VF API version for use when figuring out the VF driver
capabilities. Add support for the VF driver handing its capabilities to
the PF driver and then use this information when sending VF resource
information back to the VF driver.
Change-ID: Ic00d0eeeb5b8118085e12f068ef857089a8f7c2d
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Now that we've rolled the virtual channel API version to 1.1, add some
macros to test what version is being used by our partner in crime. For the
VF, add some macros to determine what our device capabilities are.
Change-ID: I79f6683d4c23bd76a8ad9fd492776fcc1208e1dc
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
To prepare for the changes coming up in the X722 device and future
devices, the virtual channel interface has to change slightly. The VF
driver can now report what its capable of supporting, which then informs
the PF driver when it sends the configuration information back to the
VF.
A 1.1 VF driver on a 1.0 PF driver should not send its capabilities.
Likewise, a 1.1 PF driver controlling a 1.0 VF driver should not expect
or depend upon receiving the VF capabilities.
All other aspects of the API are unchanged.
Change-ID: I530cc55f107edd1ee8bdf95830aa90b87854058a
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Acked-by: Anjali Singhai <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
With a little work we can clean up some unnecessary logic jumping and
drop a variable.
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Cc: Laurent Navet <laurent.navet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch changes the switch statement for dynamic interrupt throttling
and adds a default case. With this patch, we check the latency setting
instead of the current ITR settings and the included refactor improves
performance.
Without this patch, the ITR setting would never change dynamically, and
there was no default.
Change-ID: Idb5a8a14c7109ec47c90f6e94bd43baa17d7ee37
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use the ARRAY_SIZE macro rather than calculating sizeof(a)/sizeof(a[0]).
Also directly replace the code rather than using an unnecessary define.
Reported-by: Maninder Singh <maninder1.s@samsung.com>
Reported-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
There are many settings possible using ethtool -C/--coalesce, but not
all of them are supported in igb. Report failure when an unsupported
option is set.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver lacks pm_qos_remove_request in error handling (err_req_irq) of
e1000_open, and qos request inserted by pm_qos_add_request is not removed.
This patch add pm_qos_remove_request in error handling to fix it.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@163.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch extends the reporting of the RSS key and hash table by
adding support for X550 VFs. The difference is that X550 VFs have
their own registers for RSS key and indirection table, so there is
no need to query the PF.
The RSS key and indirection table are stored in the adapter structure
during the configuration of VFRSSRK and VFRETA which in turn can be
used in ethtool for reporting.
The logic for writing VFRETA is also changed to make sure that the
indirection table is reported correctly.
In addition this patch adds defines for the VFRETA entries and number
of VFRSSRK registers as well as some whitespace cleanups.
Reported-by: Vlad Zolotarov <vladz@cloudius-systems.com>
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Conflicts:
net/bridge/br_mdb.c
br_mdb.c conflict was a function call being removed to fix a bug in
'net' but whose signature was changed in 'net-next'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Don't use shared bluetooth antenna in iwlwifi driver for management
frames, from Emmanuel Grumbach.
2) Fix device ID check in ath9k driver, from Felix Fietkau.
3) Off by one in xen-netback BUG checks, from Dan Carpenter.
4) Fix IFLA_VF_PORT netlink attribute validation, from Daniel Borkmann.
5) Fix races in setting peeked bit flag in SKBs during datagram
receive. If it's shared we have to clone it otherwise the value can
easily be corrupted. Fix from Herbert Xu.
6) Revert fec clock handling change, causes regressions. From Fabio
Estevam.
7) Fix use after free in fq_codel and sfq packet schedulers, from WANG
Cong.
8) ipvlan bug fixes (memory leaks, missing rcu_dereference_bh, etc.)
from WANG Cong and Konstantin Khlebnikov.
9) Memory leak in act_bpf packet action, from Alexei Starovoitov.
10) ARM bpf JIT bug fixes from Nicolas Schichan.
11) Fix backwards compat of ANY_LAYOUT in virtio_net driver, from
Michael S Tsirkin.
12) Destruction of bond with different ARP header types not handled
correctly, fix from Nikolay Aleksandrov.
13) Revert GRO receive support in ipv6 SIT tunnel driver, causes
regressions because the GRO packets created cannot be processed
properly on the GSO side if we forward the frame. From Herbert Xu.
14) TCCR update race and other fixes to ravb driver from Sergei
Shtylyov.
15) Fix SKB leaks in caif_queue_rcv_skb(), from Eric Dumazet.
16) Fix panics on packet scheduler filter replace, from Daniel Borkmann.
17) Make sure AF_PACKET sees properly IP headers in defragmented frames
(via PACKET_FANOUT_FLAG_DEFRAG option), from Edward Hyunkoo Jee.
18) AF_NETLINK cannot hold mutex in RCU callback, fix from Florian
Westphal.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (84 commits)
ravb: fix ring memory allocation
net: phy: dp83867: Fix warning check for setting the internal delay
openvswitch: allocate nr_node_ids flow_stats instead of num_possible_nodes
netlink: don't hold mutex in rcu callback when releasing mmapd ring
ARM: net: fix vlan access instructions in ARM JIT.
ARM: net: handle negative offsets in BPF JIT.
ARM: net: fix condition for load_order > 0 when translating load instructions.
tcp: suppress a division by zero warning
drivers: net: cpsw: remove tx event processing in rx napi poll
inet: frags: fix defragmented packet's IP header for af_packet
net: mvneta: fix refilling for Rx DMA buffers
stmmac: fix setting of driver data in stmmac_dvr_probe
sched: cls_flow: fix panic on filter replace
sched: cls_flower: fix panic on filter replace
sched: cls_bpf: fix panic on filter replace
net/mdio: fix mdio_bus_match for c45 PHY
net: ratelimit warnings about dst entry refcount underflow or overflow
caif: fix leaks and race in caif_queue_rcv_skb()
qmi_wwan: add the second QMI/network interface for Sierra Wireless MC7305/MC7355
ravb: fix race updating TCCR
...
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Devices with up-to-date management FW will be able to store register dumps
on their persistent storage - in case management FW identifies a fatal
error it would gather and store such dumps, which could later be retrieved
using specific debug tools.
This patch adds the necessary part in the driver in order to make the
feature operational, as well as update users [under debug] during load
in case their device contains a dump of a previous crash.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support to a new multi-function mode, enabling driver to
initialize such devices and correctly interacting with management FW
for fully utilizing their features.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support to a new copper phy.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <Yaniv.Rosner@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bnx2x still appears as a Broadcom driver even though the devices it
utilizes belong to Qlogic for more than a year.
This patch changes the various headers and the device strings to indicate
the correct ownership of the device.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This moves bnx2x into using 7.12.30 FW. Said firmware fixes the following:
- Packets from a VF with pvid configured which were sent with a
different vlan were transmitted instead of being discarded.
- FCoE traffic might not recover after a failue while there's traffic
to another function.
In addition, this FW opens the door for the driver to implement several
new features; Specifically, this enhances the device's support for
encapsulated packets and will allow vxlan/geneve offloads to be added in
the future, as well as vlan filtering offload.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver is written as if it can adapt to a low memory situation allocating
less RX skbs and TX aligned buffers than the respective RX/TX ring sizes. In
reality though the driver would malfunction in this case. Stop being overly
smart and just fail in such situation -- this is achieved by moving the memory
allocation from ravb_ring_format() to ravb_ring_init().
We leave dma_map_single() calls in place but make their failure non-fatal
by marking the corresponding RX descriptors with zero data size which should
prevent DMA to an invalid addresses.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add debugfs entry 'use_backdoor' to enable backdoor access to read sge
context. By default, we read sge context's via firmware. In case of FW
issues, one can enable backdoor access via debugfs to dump sge context
for debugging purpose.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix warning: logical ‘or’ of collectively exhaustive tests is always true
Change the internal delay check from an 'or' condition to an 'and'
condition.
Reported-by: David Binderman <dcb314@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Separate functions for inserting individual and promisc filters; explicit
fallback logic in efx_ef10_filter_sync_rx_mode(), in order not to overload
the 'promisc' flag as also meaning "fall back to promisc".
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the workaround to support cascaded multicast filters ("workaround_26807") is
enabled, the broadcast filter and individual multicast filters are not inserted
when in promiscuous or allmulti mode.
There is a race while inserting and removing filters when entering and leaving
promiscuous mode. When changing promiscuous state with cascaded multicast
filters, the old multicast filters are removed before inserting the new filters
to avoid duplicating packets; this can lead to dropped packets until all
filters have been inserted.
The efx_nic:mc_promisc flag is added to record the presence of a multicast
promiscuous filter; this gives a simple way to tell if the promiscuous state is
changing.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change is only re-factoring; there are no changes to functionality
except for a slight elaboration of an error message (on mismatch filter
insertion failure).
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a function is in promiscuous mode and another function has a broadcast or
multicast filter inserted, the function in promiscuous mode won't see that
broadcast or multicast traffic.
Most notably this breaks broadcast, which means ARP doesn't work. Less
show-stoppingly, a function listening on a multicast address that's also in
promiscuous mode will not see that multicast traffic if another function is
also listening on that multicast address.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When enabling the workaround for cascaded multicast filters, the MC
can reset other functions if they have already inserted filters.
In that case, the workaround has been enabled, but print an info
message in the log recording that other functions had to be reset.
As other functions were reset, the MC will have incremented its boot
count, so also increment the warm_boot_count on the function which
enabled the workaround, as that function won't have received an MC
reboot event and does not need to reset.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The initial use of this will be to check a flag reporting if an FLR was
performed on other functions when enabling cascaded multicast filters.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GET_WORKAROUNDS was only introduced in May 2014, not all firmware
will have it. So call sites need to handle ENOSYS.
In this case we're probing the bug26807 workaround, which is not
implemented in any firmware that doesn't have GET_WORKAROUNDS.
So interpret ENOSYS as 'false'.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After creating event queue 0, check to see if the workaround is enabled,
and enable it if necessary. This will be called during PCI probe and
also when coming back up after a reset. The nic_data->workaround_26807
will be used in the future to control the filter insertion behaviour
based on this workaround.
Only the primary PF can enable this workaround, so tolerate an EPERM
error and continue. Otherwise, if any step in the checking and enabling
of the workaround fails, the event queue must be removed.
We check that workaround is implemented before trying to enable it,
and store the current workaround setting before trying to change it.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 898b2970e2 ("mvneta: implement SGMII-based in-band link state
signaling") implemented the link parameters auto-negotiation unconditionally.
Unfortunately it appears that some HW that implements SGMII protocol,
doesn't generate the inband status, so it is not possible to auto-negotiate
anything with such HW.
This patch enables the auto-negotiation only if explicitly requested with
the 'managed' DT property.
This patch fixes the following regression:
https://lkml.org/lkml/2015/7/8/865
Signed-off-by: Stas Sergeev <stsp@users.sourceforge.net>
CC: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fixed_phy_register() currently hardcodes the fixed PHY link to 1, and
expects to find a "speed" parameter to provide correct information
towards the fixed PHY consumer.
In a subsequent change, where we allow "managed" (e.g: (RS)GMII in-band
status auto-negotiation) fixed PHYs, none of these parameters can be
provided since they will be auto-negotiated, hence, we just provide a
zero-initialized fixed_phy_status to fixed_phy_register() which makes it
fail when we call fixed_phy_update_regs() since status.speed = 0 which
makes us hit the "default" label and error out.
Without this change, we would also see potentially inconsistent
speed/duplex parameters for fixed PHYs when the link is DOWN.
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stas Sergeev <stsp@users.sourceforge.net>
[florian: add more background to why this is correct and desirable]
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SF2 driver currently overrides speed settings for its port
configured using a fixed PHY, this is both unnecessary and incorrect,
because we keep feedback to the hardware parameters that we read from
the PHY device, which in the case of a fixed PHY cannot possibly change
speed.
This is a required change to allow the fixed PHY code to allow
registering a PHY with a link configured as DOWN by default and avoid
some sort of circular dependency where we require the link_update
callback to run to program the hardware, and we then utilize the fixed
PHY parameters to program the hardware with the same settings.
Fixes: 246d7f773c ("net: dsa: add Broadcom SF2 switch driver")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* fix device ID check for AR956x
iwlwifi:
* bug fixes specific for 8000 series
* fix a crash in time events
* fix a crash in PCIe transport
* fix BT Coex code that prevented association on certain
devices (3160).
* revert the new RBD allocation model because it introduced
a bug when running on weak VM setups.
* new device IDs
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVrQ65AAoJEG4XJFUm622bArgH/jlGm44aPLVTtTfc3Qi/yH1m
pVZ+F6Z4FhFM8Ln/skL/PIWPbxmcwMQ9IYiDI+1y0obr5RaNGZbh5EBwLcNQzAII
L9aO7vGGQRHewJj3LAY4ovkT7xYT6Kra4iZuXrozeq8CJN2/0l4Yv2uPkwPtszIf
Gp1QGgCbvUzaPdIIevx4bMyLcC5h58y7Thg2+kxSSo/VFJxGh2DFFnLuJx5RVS1D
r7fBWH5BzUPP1sh84Gt+0IpjyoxqpWiI//Wqg2Hkt6zdis3fixDvK8Wm08EewZdj
Wf63HgOzQeL9vE6IHg3WuUiR8QOn51+oqDWCtbrRemBsywZ9rc4vesMAREjcw2Q=
=ygb2
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-for-davem-2015-07-20' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers
Kalle Valo says:
====================
ath9k:
* fix device ID check for AR956x
iwlwifi:
* bug fixes specific for 8000 series
* fix a crash in time events
* fix a crash in PCIe transport
* fix BT Coex code that prevented association on certain
devices (3160).
* revert the new RBD allocation model because it introduced
a bug when running on weak VM setups.
* new device IDs
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With commit c03abd8463 ("net: ethernet: cpsw: don't requests IRQs
we don't use") common isr and napi are separated into separate tx isr
and rx isr/napi, but still in rx napi tx events are handled. So removing
the tx event handling in rx napi.
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This gets rid of all OVS specific VXLAN code in the receive and
transmit path by using a VXLAN net_device to represent the vport.
Only a small shim layer remains which takes care of handling the
VXLAN specific OVS Netlink configuration.
Unexports vxlan_sock_add(), vxlan_sock_release(), vxlan_xmit_skb()
since they are no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This factors out the device configuration out of the RTNL newlink
API which allows for in-kernel creation of VXLAN net_devices.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This add the ability to select a routing table based on the tunnel
id which allows to maintain separate routing tables for each virtual
tunnel network.
ip rule add from all tunnel-id 100 lookup 100
ip rule add from all tunnel-id 200 lookup 200
A new static key controls the collection of metadata at tunnel level
upon demand.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This introduces a new IP tunnel lightweight tunnel type which allows
to specify IP tunnel instructions per route. Only IPv4 is supported
at this point.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allows putting a VXLAN device into a new flow-based mode in which
skbs with a ip_tunnel_info dst metadata attached will be encapsulated
according to the instructions stored in there with the VXLAN device
defaults taken into consideration.
Similar on the receive side, if the VXLAN_F_COLLECT_METADATA flag is
set, the packet processing will populate a ip_tunnel_info struct for
each packet received and attach it to the skb using the new metadata
dst. The metadata structure will contain the outer header and tunnel
header fields which have been stripped off. Layers further up in the
stack such as routing, tc or netfitler can later match on these fields
and perform forwarding. It is the responsibility of upper layers to
ensure that the flag is set if the metadata is needed. The flag limits
the additional cost of metadata collecting based on demand.
This prepares the VXLAN device to be steered by the routing and other
subsystems which allows to support encapsulation for a large number
of tunnel endpoints and tunnel ids through a single net_device which
improves the scalability.
It also allows for OVS to leverage this mode which in turn allows for
the removal of the OVS specific VXLAN code.
Because the skb is currently scrubed in vxlan_rcv(), the attachment of
the new dst metadata is postponed until after scrubing which requires
the temporary addition of a new member to vxlan_metadata. This member
is removed again in a later commit after the indirect VXLAN receive API
has been removed.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While changing interface type from p2p client or p2p go to
station, we should update counters for p2p interface and
station interface. Also calling mwifiex_cfg80211_deinit_p2p
method instead of mwifiex_cfg80211_init_p2p_client method to
deinit p2p interface.
Signed-off-by: Aniket Nagarnaik <aniketn@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
0xfe is basically a magic number used to ask firmware match
provided string in a SSID. In this case, firmware will
return scan results containing"DIRECT-" string.
Signed-off-by: Aniket Nagarnaik <aniketn@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We are setting BSS mode as ANY so that firmware will provide
all types of scan entries.
Signed-off-by: Aniket Nagarnaik <aniketn@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
There is no need to use hex_dump_to_buffer() in the cases like this:
hexdump_to_buffer(buf, len, 16, 1, outbuf, outlen, false); /* len <= 16 */
sprintf("%s\n", outbuf);
since it maybe easily converted to simple:
sprintf("%*ph\n", len, buf);
Note: it seems in the case the output is groupped by 2 bytes and looks like a
typo. Thus, patch changes that to plain byte stream.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
update the rssi reading on rx_status
to read both RSSI level (7 bits) and
antenna diversity (msb)
Signed-off-by: Guy Mishol <guym@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We measured the FFT-based entropy in 3 ways, Shannon entropy,
collision entropy, and directly measured min-entropy. Just to
be conservative, we recommend the estimated min-Entropy to be
10 bits per 16-bit value.
Analysis was done by Jacobson,David(djacobso@qti.qualcomm.com).
Signed-off-by: Miaoqing Pan <miaoqing@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Broadcom's firmware requires every BSS to use MAC address with unique
last few bits. The amount of bits may depend on a particular firmware,
it was verified to be 2 for BCM43602 one.
If this condition won't be fulfilled firmware will reject such MAC:
brcmfmac: _brcmf_set_mac_address: Setting cur_etheraddr failed, -52
We don't want to simply set addr_mask as it would also disallow using
locally administrated bit. Instead let's build a list of addresses
manually enabling 0x2 bit for extra interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Rafa? Mi?ecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
While compiling ath9k with some extra flags I've
found that:
ath9k/xmit.c +2473 ## 16: warning: restricted __le16 degrades to integer
ath9k/xmit.c +2474 ## 36: warning: invalid assignment: &=
ath9k/xmit.c +2474 ## 36: left side has type restricted __le16
ath9k/xmit.c +2474 ## 36: right side has type int
There's no way for frame ftype/stype to be
mistreated as the offending 'moredata' flag when
considering cab queue.
This could've however theoretically led sometimes
to increased power consumption on connected
stations as they would keep their Rx active
waiting for frames that would never come.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Replace a kmalloc+strcpy by an equivalent kstrdup in order to improve
readability.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In routine _rtl8821ae_set_media_status(), an incorrect mask results in a test
for AP status to always be false. Similar bugs were fixed in rtl8192cu and
rtl8192de, but this instance was missed at that time.
Reported-by: David Binderman <dcb314@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.18+]
Cc: David Binderman <dcb314@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes following issues in p2p code paths.
1) bss role, bss type and connection type was not set correctly
for p2p GO and p2p client at couple of places.
2) Driver appends a proprietary header to management frames
which will be parsed by our firmware. Later while informing
TX status to cfg80211, modified frame buffer was passed to
cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status() instead of original one.
Signed-off-by: Aniket Nagarnaik <aniketn@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
A long time ago, ath9k had issues during reset where the DMA engine
would stay active and could potentially corrupt memory.
To debug those issues, the driver would print warnings whenever they
occur.
Nowadays, these issues are gone and the primary cause of these messages
is if the MAC is stuck during reset or busy processing a long
transmission. This is fairly harmless, yet these messages continue to
worry users.
To reduce the number of bogus bug reports, turn these messages into
debug messages and count their occurence in the "reset" debugfs file.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When wlcore_probe_of failed, return the correct error code instead of ENOMEM
Signed-off-by: Raphaël Poggi <poggi.raph@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This fixes a typo in the "b43_lo_g_maintenance_work" function
name.
Signed-off-by: Nik Nyby <nikolas@gnu.org>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Acked-by: Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This fixes a typo in two comments: "paht" -> "path".
Signed-off-by: Nik Nyby <nikolas@gnu.org>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Storage pointed to by gen_ie is allocated with kmalloc, but was
never freed.
Coverity CID #1271251
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Without this change, the code simply exits after calling
mwifiex_uap_set_head_tail_ies, leving the call to
mwifiex_set_mgmt_beacon_data_ies as dead code.
Coverity CID #1271292
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
mwifiex_set_wowlan_mef_entry attempts to free a passed-in pointer in
case of an error. The only caller (mwifiex_set_mef_filter) passes that
pointer as an offset into allocated memory, so any attempt to free that
will not be the actual allocated pointer.
Address this by changing mwifiex_set_wowlan_mef_entry to not do any
free, and to cause mwifiex_set_mef_filter to do the appropriate free if
the call to mwifiex_set_wowlan_mef_entry fails.
Coverity CID #1295879
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In ancient times it was necessary to manually initialize the bus
field of an spi_driver to spi_bus_type. These days this is done in
spi_register_driver(), so we can drop the manual assignment.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Borneo <borneo.antonio@gmail.com>
To: Solomon Peachy <pizza@shaftnet.org>
To: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
To: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
To: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support to handle multichannel event from FW.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Multichannel and DFS cannot be supported at same time. So when multichannel
operation is enabled by module parameter, we enable number of channel as 2
while registering wiphy. For all other cases we advertise DFS support to
cfg80211. Patch also adds support for radar detect widths parameter.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support to advetise mwifiex multichannel support to
cfg80211. If module parameter drcs is enabled and FW supports multichannel
operation we advertise this support to cfg80211. As of now 2 simultaneous
channels are supported.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for setting multichannel policy as module parameter
to FW. Value of 1 indicates Multichannel support is enabled
and value of 0 disables it.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support to extend TX Data pause for AP intefaces.
Also for station role, support for pausing/unpausing all traffic
when mac address parameter is BSSID is added.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support to enable data traffic only when port is open.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support for another TX queue in driver- bypass
TX queue. This queue is used for sending data/mgmt packets while
in disconnected state i.e. when port is yet not unblocked.
TDLS setup packets would also be queued in this queue.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It was observed that AP beacons would not reflect correct regulatory
information upon starting AP in A band. This was because of missing
AP config band update in set_channel of start_ap. Also we configure 11D
settings info FW only for specific band. So we need to download domain
info to FW even if domain remains unchanged but band is changed.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch add cfg80211 tdls_chan_switch and tdls_cancel_chan_switch
handler.
With this handlers, mwifiex would support TDLS channel switch feature.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
TDLS link status - channel switching, off channel or base channel itself
indicates that TDLS link is setup.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch enable tdls channel switch ext capability in tdls action
frame, and also configure basic tdls channel switch parameters while
tdls setup completed and tdls link is enabled..
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch add support for a new tdls configuration command
which is used for configuration of tdls channel switch parameters.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch add support for tdls channel switch event process.
We block TX queues for particular RA list depending upon channel
switch state. If channel switch state is moving to base channel,
we unblock RA lists for AP. If channel switch state is moving to off
channel, we unblock TDLS peer RA lists.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch add new tdls status used for tdls channel switch.
Driver in turn would block cmd path and data path if tdls
channel switching. Data path to non tdls peer should be blocked
if tdls channel switch to off-channel.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If tx_pkts_queued is increased for tx paused receive address, tx process
will be triggered for this packet. But since RA list was tx paused,
there will be an infinite loop in mwifiex_wmm_process_tx waiting for the
event(tx pause, tdls cs) to cancel tx pause. This will be an dead loop,
since main_process was locked at this time, there will be no opportunity
to process event.
So do not increase tx_pkts_queued if receive address tx paused,
this will be restored RA list is unpaused.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Data traffic to tx paused receive address should be blocked.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support to enable TX data pause feature for mwifiex.
Whenever FW TX buffers reach threshold, FW would send TX pause event
to driver. Driver in turn would block data traffic to that particular
receiver address.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In the rtlwifi/rtl8192cu, rtl8723 code is dead code.
So I remove it.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Added the USB IDs 0x413c:0x81b1 for the "Dell Wireless 5809e Gobi(TM) 4G
LTE Mobile Broadband Card", a Dell-branded Sierra Wireless EM7305 LTE
card in M.2 form factor, used eg. in Dell's Latitude E7540 Notebook
series.
Signed-off-by: Pieter Hollants <pieter@hollants.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the actual code, if a memory allocation error happens while
refilling a Rx descriptor, then the original Rx buffer is both passed
to the networking stack (in a SKB) and let in the Rx ring. This leads
to various kernel oops and crashes.
As a fix, this patch moves Rx descriptor refilling ahead of building
SKB with the associated Rx buffer. In case of a memory allocation
failure, data is dropped and the original DMA buffer is put back into
the Rx ring.
Signed-off-by: Simon Guinot <simon.guinot@sequanux.org>
Fixes: c5aff18204 ("net: mvneta: driver for Marvell Armada 370/XP network unit")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v3.8+
Tested-by: Yoann Sculo <yoann@sculo.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 803f8fc462 ("stmmac: move driver data setting into
stmmac_dvr_probe") mistakenly set priv and not priv->dev as
driver data. This meant that the remove, resume and suspend
callbacks that fetched and tried to use this data would most
likely explode. Fix the issue by using the correct variable.
Fixes: 803f8fc462 ("stmmac: move driver data setting into stmmac_dvr_probe")
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since finally DCB traffic management is still handled by firmware,
allow firmware to be fully programmed and queried even in host
managed state for the cases where this was previously rejected.
Signed-off-by: Anish Bhatt <anish@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This keeps app format passed to firmware the same irrespective
of DCBx version in use.
Signed-off-by: Anish Bhatt <anish@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We store c45 PHY's id information in c45_ids, so it should be used to
check the matching between PHY driver and PHY device for c45 PHY.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__vxlan_find_mac invokes ether_addr_equal on the eth_addr field,
which triggers unaligned access messages, so rearrange vxlan_fdb
to avoid this in the most non-intrusive way.
Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Teranetics TN2020 is compliant with IEEE 802.3an 10 Gigabit.
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-07-17
This series contains updates to igb, ixgbe, ixgbevf, i40e, bnx2x,
freescale, siena and dp83640.
Jacob provides several patches to clarify the intended way to implement
both SIOCSHWTSTAMP and ethtool's get_ts_info(). It is okay to support
the specific filters in SIOCSHWTSTAMP by upscaling them to the generic
filters.
Alex Duyck provides a igb patch to pull the time stamp from the fragment
before it gets added to the skb, to avoid a possible issue in which the
fragment can possibly be less than IGB_RX_HDR_LEN due to the time stamp
being pulled after the copybreak check. Also provides a ixgbevf patch to
fold the ixgbevf_pull_tail() call into ixgbevf_add_rx_frag(), which gives
the advantage that the fragment does not have to be modified after it is
added to the skb.
Fan provides patches for ixgbe/ixgbevf to set the receive hash type
based on receive descriptor RSS type.
Todd provides a fix for igb where on check for link on any media other
than copper was not being detected since it was looking on the incorrect
PHY page (due to the page being used gets switched before the function
to check link gets executed).
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we have reworked the way we perform the PHY initialization, we
no longer need to differentiate between init time vs. non-init time
calls, just use a dev_info_once() print to print the PHY type.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are currently doing a full PHY initialization and even starting the
pHY state machine during bcmgenet_mii_init() which is executed in the
driver's probe function. This is convenient to determine whether we can
attach to a proper PHY device but comes at the expense of spending up to
10ms per MDIO transactions (to reach the waitqueue timeout), which slows
things down.
This also creates a sitaution where we end-up attaching twice to the
PHY, which is not quite correct either.
Fix this by moving bcmgenet_mii_probe() into bcmgenet_open() and update
its error path accordingly.
Avoid printing the message "attached PHY at address 1 [...]" every time
we bring up/down the interface and remove this print since it duplicates
what the PHY driver already does for us.
Fixes: 1c1008c793 ("net: bcmgenet: add main driver file")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Our internal GPHY might be powered off before we attempt scanning the
MDIO bus and bind a driver to it. The way we are currently determining
whether a PHY is internal or not is done *after* we have successfully
matched its driver. If the PHY is powered down, it will not respond to
the MDIO bus, so we will not be able to bind a driver to it.
Our Device Tree for GENET interfaces specifies a "phy-mode" value:
"internal" which tells if this internal uses an internal PHY or not.
If of_get_phy_mode() fails to parse the 'phy-mode' property, do an
additional manual lookup, and if we find "internal" set the
corresponding internal variable accordingly.
Replace all uses of phy_is_internal() with a check against
priv->internal_phy to avoid having to rely on whether or not
priv->phydev is set correctly.
Fixes: 1c1008c793 ("net: bcmgenet: add main driver file")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are currently disabling the GPHY interface during bcmgenet_close(),
and attempting to power it back on during bcmgenet_open(). This works
fine for the first time, because we called bcmgenet_mii_config() which
took care of enabling the interface, however, bcmgenet_power_up() really
needs to power on the GPHY for correctness.
This will be particularly important as we want to move
bcmgenet_mii_probe() down to bcmgenet_open() to avoid seeing the "PHY
already attached" message.
Fixes: a642c4f790 ("net: bcmgenet: power up and down integrated GPHY when unused")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bcmgenet_open()'s error path call free_irq() with a dev_id argument
different from the one we used to call request_irq() with, this will
make us trip over the warning in kernel/irq/manage.c:__free_irq()
Fixes: 1c1008c793 ("net: bcmgenet: add main driver file")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are currently issuing multiple PHY resets during a suspend/resume,
first during bcmgenet_power_up() which does a hardware reset, then a
software reset by calling bcmgenet_mii_reset(). This is both unnecessary
and can take as long as 10ms per MDIO transactions while we re-apply
workarounds because we do not yet have MDIO interrupts enabled.
phy_resume() takes care of re-apply our workarounds in case we need any,
and bcmgenet_power_up() does a PHY hardware reset, all of this is more
than enough to guarantee that the PHY operates correctly.
Fixes: 1c1008c793 ("net: bcmgenet: add main driver file")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By using a few functions from stmmac_platform we can now create
a proper probe function in this driver. By doing so we can drop
the OF match data and simplify the overall driver.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By using a few functions from stmmac_platform we can now create
a proper probe function in this driver. By doing so we can drop
the OF match data and simplify the overall driver.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Export stmmac_probe_config_dt() and stmmac_get_platform_resources()
so they can be used in the dwmac-* drivers themselves. This will
allow us to build more flexible and standalone drivers which just
use stmmac_platform as a library for setup functions.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since stmmac_probe_config_dt() allocates the platform data structure
it is cleaner if it just returned this structure directly. This
function will later be used in the probe function in dwmac-* drivers.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor all code that deals with platform resources into it's
own get function. This function will later be used in the probe
function in dwmac-* drivers.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor code to clearly separate probing non-dt versus dt. In the
non-dt case platform data must be supplied to probe successfully.
For dt the platform data structure is created and match data is
copied into it. Note that support for supplying platform data in
dt from AUXDATA is dropped as no users in mainline does this.
This change will allow dt dwmac-* drivers to call the config_dt()
function from probe to create the needed platform data struct and
retrieve common dt properties.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By using of_device_get_match_data() the code that retrieve
match data can be simplified quite a bit.
Signed-off-by: Joachim Eastwood <manabian@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Sierra Wireless MC7305/MC7355 with USB ID 1199:9041 also provide a
second QMI/network interface like the MC73xx with USB ID 1199:68c0 on
USB interface #10 when used in the appropriate USB configuration.
Add the corresponding QMI_FIXED_INTF entry to the qmi_wwan driver.
Please note that the second QMI/network interface is not working for
early MC73xx firmware versions like 01.08.x as the device does not
respond to QMI messages on the second /dev/cdc-wdm port.
Signed-off-by: Reinhard Speyerer <rspmn@arcor.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TCCR.TSRQn bit may get clearead after TCCR gets read, so that TCCR write
would get skipped. We don't need to check this bit before setting.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The keystone qmss will raise interrupt when packet arrive at the
receive queue. Only control available to avoid interrupt from happening
is to keep the free descriptor queue (FDQ) empty in the receive side.
So the filling of descriptors into the FDQ has to happen after
request_irq() call is made as part of knav_queue_enable_notify(). So
move the function netcp_rxpool_refill() after this call.
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "follow" fail_over_mac policy is useful for multiport devices that
either become confused or incur a performance penalty when multiple
ports are programmed with the same MAC address, but the same MAC
address still may happened by this steps for this policy:
1) echo +eth0 > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/slaves
bond0 has the same mac address with eth0, it is MAC1.
2) echo +eth1 > /sys/class/net/bond0/bonding/slaves
eth1 is backup, eth1 has MAC2.
3) ifconfig eth0 down
eth1 became active slave, bond will swap MAC for eth0 and eth1,
so eth1 has MAC1, and eth0 has MAC2.
4) ifconfig eth1 down
there is no active slave, and eth1 still has MAC1, eth2 has MAC2.
5) ifconfig eth0 up
the eth0 became active slave again, the bond set eth0 to MAC1.
Something wrong here, then if you set eth1 up, the eth0 and eth1 will have the same
MAC address, it will break this policy for ACTIVE_BACKUP mode.
This patch will fix this problem by finding the old active slave and
swap them MAC address before change active slave.
Signed-off-by: Ding Tianhong <dingtianhong@huawei.com>
Tested-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABCgAGBQJVp19MAAoJEP5prqPJtc/HsA8IAIqYKwJtXHItVoG6GBxLo/iJ
G6OhCxSgDPUdytdyvWRmYL+2g6q9+BefnApwGroM0wowytHx4I6kF2O4LKEvthnD
TzDV6uY0n1CR8FzCdfQdTFedAfxIx7DLCqY/iC+JRFTh6Vhvj46WtHickthu4Se+
ygTWg5f5Da086JTUtwbb75TCHJv8xxtN57t6yZTtDoyaftqWd1Dzrmi8dBwHRWBA
6X/rE4VekFwFCbqOlv5ghm86lD77sMTEaU0xkm9FeZmO/CnUD3JASwi844RtCqXR
wj3OJ89qH14YmpJwjpakIwHfTyyPJurzPpPkCTZ6awmdNhCvp+h3nbfjKRqs0WU=
=pQGs
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-fixes-for-4.2-20150716' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can 2015-07-16
this is a pull request of 2 patches by Stefan Agner. He fixes the resume
operation in the mcp251x driver.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If device flags ingress packet as "fwd offload", mark the
skb->offlaod_fwd_mark using the ingress port's dev->offlaod_fwd_mark. This
will be the hint to the kernel that this packet has already been forwarded
by device to egress ports matching skb->offlaod_fwd_mark.
For rocker, derive port dev->offlaod_fwd_mark based on device switch ID and
port ifindex. If port is bridged, use the bridge ifindex rather than the
port ifindex.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Teach rocker to forward packets to CPU when a port is joined to Open vSwitch.
There is scope to later refine what is passed up as per Open vSwitch flows
on a port.
This does not change the behaviour of rocker ports that are
not joined to Open vSwitch.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
7445E0 contains an ECO which disconnected the internal SF2 pseudo-PHY which was
known to conflict with the external pseudo-PHY of BCM53125 switches. This
motivated the need to utilize the internal SF2 MDIO controller via indirect
register reads/writes to control external Broadcom switches due to this address
conflict (both responded at address 30d).
For 7445E0, the internal pseudo-PHY of the SF2 switch got disconnected, and as
a consequence this prevents the internal SF2 MDIO bus controller from reading
data (reads back everything as 0) since the MDI line is tied low.
Fix this by making the indirect register reads and writes conditional to
7445D0, on 7445E0 we can utilize the SWITCH_MDIO controller (backed by
mdio-unimac and not the DSA created slave MII bus).
We utilize of_machine_is_compatible() here since this is the only way for use
to differentiate between these two chips in a way that does not violate layers
or becomes (too) vendor-specific.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the bond is enslaving a device with different type it will be setup
by it, but if after being setup the enslave fails the bond doesn't
switch back its type and also keeps pointers to foreign structures that can
be long gone. Thus revert back any type changes if the enslave failed and
the bond had to change its type.
Example:
Before patch:
$ echo lo > bond0/bonding/slaves
-bash: echo: write error: Cannot assign requested address
$ ip l sh bond0
20: bond0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,MASTER> mtu 1500 qdisc noop state DOWN
mode DEFAULT group default
link/loopback 16:54:78:34:bd:41 brd 00:00:00:00:00:00
$ echo +eth1 > bond0/bonding/slaves
$ ip l sh bond0
20: bond0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc noop state DOWN mode
DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether 52:54:00:3f:47:69 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
(notice the MASTER flag is gone)
After patch:
$ echo lo > bond0/bonding/slaves
-bash: echo: write error: Cannot assign requested address
$ ip l sh bond0
21: bond0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,MASTER> mtu 1500 qdisc noop state DOWN
mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether 6e:66:94:f6:07:fc brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
$ echo +eth1 > bond0/bonding/slaves
$ ip l sh bond0
21: bond0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,MASTER> mtu 1500 qdisc noop state DOWN
mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether 52:54:00:3f:47:69 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Fixes: e36b9d16c6 ("bonding: clean muticast addresses when device changes type")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the bonding is being unloaded and the netdevice notifier is
unregistered it executes NETDEV_UNREGISTER for each device which should
remove the bond's proc entry but if the device enslaved is not of
ARPHRD_ETHER type and is in front of the bonding, it may execute
bond_release_and_destroy() first which would release the last slave and
destroy the bond device leaving the proc entry and thus we will get the
following error (with dynamic debug on for bond_netdev_event to see the
events order):
[ 908.963051] eql: event: 9
[ 908.963052] eql: IFF_SLAVE
[ 908.963054] eql: event: 2
[ 908.963056] eql: IFF_SLAVE
[ 908.963058] eql: event: 6
[ 908.963059] eql: IFF_SLAVE
[ 908.963110] bond0: Releasing active interface eql
[ 908.976168] bond0: Destroying bond bond0
[ 908.976266] bond0 (unregistering): Released all slaves
[ 908.984097] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[ 908.984107] WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 1787 at fs/proc/generic.c:575
remove_proc_entry+0x112/0x160()
[ 908.984110] remove_proc_entry: removing non-empty directory
'net/bonding', leaking at least 'bond0'
[ 908.984111] Modules linked in: bonding(-) eql(O) 9p nfsd auth_rpcgss
oid_registry nfs_acl nfs lockd grace fscache sunrpc crct10dif_pclmul
crc32_pclmul crc32c_intel ghash_clmulni_intel ppdev qxl drm_kms_helper
snd_hda_codec_generic aesni_intel ttm aes_x86_64 glue_helper pcspkr lrw
gf128mul ablk_helper cryptd snd_hda_intel virtio_console snd_hda_codec
psmouse serio_raw snd_hwdep snd_hda_core 9pnet_virtio 9pnet evdev joydev
drm virtio_balloon snd_pcm snd_timer snd soundcore i2c_piix4 i2c_core
pvpanic acpi_cpufreq parport_pc parport processor thermal_sys button
autofs4 ext4 crc16 mbcache jbd2 hid_generic usbhid hid sg sr_mod cdrom
ata_generic virtio_blk virtio_net floppy ata_piix e1000 libata ehci_pci
virtio_pci scsi_mod uhci_hcd ehci_hcd virtio_ring virtio usbcore
usb_common [last unloaded: bonding]
[ 908.984168] CPU: 0 PID: 1787 Comm: rmmod Tainted: G W O
4.2.0-rc2+ #8
[ 908.984170] Hardware name: Bochs Bochs, BIOS Bochs 01/01/2011
[ 908.984172] 0000000000000000 ffffffff81732d41 ffffffff81525b34
ffff8800358dfda8
[ 908.984175] ffffffff8106c521 ffff88003595af78 ffff88003595af40
ffff88003e3a4280
[ 908.984178] ffffffffa058d040 0000000000000000 ffffffff8106c59a
ffffffff8172ebd0
[ 908.984181] Call Trace:
[ 908.984188] [<ffffffff81525b34>] ? dump_stack+0x40/0x50
[ 908.984193] [<ffffffff8106c521>] ? warn_slowpath_common+0x81/0xb0
[ 908.984196] [<ffffffff8106c59a>] ? warn_slowpath_fmt+0x4a/0x50
[ 908.984199] [<ffffffff81218352>] ? remove_proc_entry+0x112/0x160
[ 908.984205] [<ffffffffa05850e6>] ? bond_destroy_proc_dir+0x26/0x30
[bonding]
[ 908.984208] [<ffffffffa057540e>] ? bond_net_exit+0x8e/0xa0 [bonding]
[ 908.984217] [<ffffffff8142f407>] ? ops_exit_list.isra.4+0x37/0x70
[ 908.984225] [<ffffffff8142f52d>] ?
unregister_pernet_operations+0x8d/0xd0
[ 908.984228] [<ffffffff8142f58d>] ?
unregister_pernet_subsys+0x1d/0x30
[ 908.984232] [<ffffffffa0585269>] ? bonding_exit+0x23/0xdba [bonding]
[ 908.984236] [<ffffffff810e28ba>] ? SyS_delete_module+0x18a/0x250
[ 908.984241] [<ffffffff81086f99>] ? task_work_run+0x89/0xc0
[ 908.984244] [<ffffffff8152b732>] ?
entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x16/0x75
[ 908.984247] ---[ end trace 7c006ed4abbef24b ]---
Thus remove the proc entry manually if bond_release_and_destroy() is
used. Because of the checks in bond_remove_proc_entry() it's not a
problem for a bond device to change namespaces (the bug fixed by the
Fixes commit) but since commit
f939981492 ("bonding: Don't allow bond devices to change network
namespaces.") that can't happen anyway.
Reported-by: Carol Soto <clsoto@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Fixes: a64d49c3dd ("bonding: Manage /proc/net/bonding/ entries from
the netdev events")
Tested-by: Carol L Soto <clsoto@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Get rid of these:
drivers/net/bonding//bond_main.c: In function ‘bond_update_slave_arr’:
drivers/net/bonding//bond_main.c:3754:6: warning: variable
‘slaves_in_agg’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable]
int slaves_in_agg;
^
CC [M] drivers/net/bonding//bond_3ad.o
drivers/net/bonding//bond_3ad.c: In function
‘ad_marker_response_received’:
drivers/net/bonding//bond_3ad.c:1870:61: warning: parameter ‘marker’
set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-parameter]
static void ad_marker_response_received(struct bond_marker *marker,
^
drivers/net/bonding//bond_3ad.c:1871:19: warning: parameter ‘port’ set
but not used [-Wunused-but-set-parameter]
struct port *port)
^
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mv88e6xxx_priv_state structure contains an fid_mask, where 1 means
the FID is free to use, 0 means the FID is in use.
This patch fixes the bit clear in mv88e6xxx_leave_bridge() when
assigning a new FID to a port.
Example scenario: I have 7 ports, port 5 is CPU, port 6 is unused (no
PHY). After setting the ports 0, 1 and 2 in bridge br0, and ports 3 and
4 in bridge br1, I have the following fid_mask: 0b111110010110 (0xf96).
Indeed, br0 uses FID 0, and br1 uses FID 3.
After setting nomaster for port 0, I get the wrong fid_mask: 0b10 (0x2).
With this patch we correctly get 0b111110010100 (0xf94), meaning port 0
uses FID 1, br0 uses FID 0, and br1 uses FID 3.
Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ANY_LAYOUT is a compatibility feature. It's implied
for VERSION_1 devices, and non-transitional devices
might not offer it. Change code to behave accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Paolo Bonzini <pbonzini@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Allow setting of adaptive coalescing setting for all types of interrupt.
* In msi & legacy intr, we use single interrupt for rx & tx. In this case
tx_coalesce_usecs is invalid. We should use only rx_coalesce_usecs.
Do not display tx_coal values for msi/intx. And do not allow user to set
this as well.
* Driver supports only tx/rx_coalesce_usec and adaptive coalesce settings.
For other values, driver does not return error. So ethtool succeeds for
unsupported values. Introduce enic_coalesce_valid() function to validate
the coalescing values.
* If user requests for coalesce value greater than what adaptor supports,
driver uses the max value. We should at least log this.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adaptive interrupt coalescing is available for msix. This patch adds the support
for msi poll. Interface for adaptive interrupt coalescing is already added in
driver. We just did not enable it for legacy intr & msi.
enic_calc_int_moderation() & enic_set_int_moderation() are defined as static
after enic_poll. Since enic_poll needs it, move both of these function
definitions above enic_poll. No change in functionality.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull MIPS fixes from Ralf Baechle:
"Another round of MIPS fixes for 4.2.
Things are looking quite decent at this stage but the recent work on
the FPU support took its toll:
- fix an incorrect overly restrictive ifdef
- select O32 64-bit FP support for O32 binary compatibility
- remove workarounds for Sibyte SB1250 Pass1 parts. There are rare
fixing the workarounds is not worth the effort.
- patch up an outdated and now incorrect comment"
* 'upstream' of git://git.linux-mips.org/pub/scm/ralf/upstream-linus:
MIPS: fpu.h: Allow 64-bit FPU on a 64-bit MIPS R6 CPU
MIPS: SB1: Remove support for Pass 1 parts.
MIPS: Require O32 FP64 support for MIPS64 with O32 compat
MIPS: asm-offset.c: Patch up various comments refering to the old filename.
e1000_check_for_link_media_swap() checks PHY page 0 for copper and PHY
page 1 for "other" (fiber) link. The switch back from page 1 to page 0
happened too soon, before e1000_check_for_link_82575() is executed, and
link on fiber (other) was never detected. Check for link while still on
the proper PHY page.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
For two reasons I want to disable this:
1. Not any part actually check the report status(Alexander Duyck)
2. To report hash value of a packet to stack,
RSS -> 32bits hash value
Perfect match fdir filter -> 13bits hash value
Hashed-based fdir filter -> 31bits hash value
fdir filter might hash on masked tuples for IP address,
so it's still not desirable for usage.
So for now, just stick to RSS 32bits hash value.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@intel.com>
Suggested-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Set hash type for ingress packets according to NIC
advanced receive descriptors RSS type part.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
RSS could be leveraged by taking account L4 src/dst ports
as ingredients, thus ingress skb Rx hash type should honor
such the real configuration.
Signed-off-by: Fan Du <fan.du@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change folds the ixgbevf_pull_tail call into ixgbevf_add_rx_frag. The
advantage to doing this is that the fragment doesn't have to be modified
after it is added to the skb.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we pull the timestamp from the fragment before
we add it to the skb. By doing this we can avoid a possible issue in which
the fragment can possibly be less than IGB_RX_HDR_LEN due to the timestamp
being pulled after the copybreak check.
While making this change I realized we could also pull the rest of the
igb_pull_tail function into igb_add_rx_frag since in the case of igb,
unlike ixgbe, we are able to unmap the entire buffer before calling
add_rx_frag so merging the two allows for sharing of code between the two
merged functions.
Reported-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
CC: Solarflare linux maintainers <linux-net-drivers@solarflare.com>
CC: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The comment in question is word-for-word copied from ixgbe, and clearly
has no meaning in freescale's driver. (it even says 'return an error'
when the code clearly does not). Remove the comment as it is obviously
incorrect and not applicable to the code as it is today.
CC: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@gmail.com>
CC: Vitaly Bordug <vbordug@ru.mvista.com>
CC: <linuxppc-dev@lists.ozlabs.org>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When introducing multiple RX queues, a single NAPI struct will not
be sufficient. Instead of trying to store multiple, simply change
the API to have the NAPI struct passed to the RX function. This of
course means that drivers using rx_irqsafe() cannot use NAPI, but
that seems a reasonable trade-off, particularly since only two of
all drivers are currently using it at all.
While at it, we can now remove the IEEE80211_RX_REORDER_TIMER flag
again since this code path cannot have a napi struct anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
* fix a crash in time events
* fix a crash in PCIe transport
* fix BT Coex code that prevented association on certain
devices (3160).
* revert the new RBD allocation model because it introduced
a bug when running on weak VM setups.
* a new device IDs
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=TLrS
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-for-kalle-2015-06-12' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-fixes
* bug fixes specific for 8000 series
* fix a crash in time events
* fix a crash in PCIe transport
* fix BT Coex code that prevented association on certain
devices (3160).
* revert the new RBD allocation model because it introduced
a bug when running on weak VM setups.
* a new device IDs
First, dma_sync_single_for_cpu() shouldn't have been called in the first place
(it's a streaming DMA API), dma_unmap_single() should have been called instead.
Second, dma_unmap_single() call after handing the buffer to napi_gro_receive()
makes little sense. Moreover desc->dptr might not be valid at this point.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The regulators power and transceiver are optional. If those are not
present, the pointer (or error pointer) is correctly handled by the
driver, hence we can use devm_regulator_get_optional safely, which
avoids regulators getting created.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan@agner.ch>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
If a valid power regulator or a dummy regulator is used (which
happens to be the case when no regulator is specified), restart_work
is queued no matter whether the device was running or not at suspend
time. Since work queues get initialized in the ndo_open callback,
resuming leads to a NULL pointer exception.
Reverse exactly the steps executed at suspend time:
- Enable the power regulator in any case
- Enable the transceiver regulator if the device was running, even in
case we have a power regulator
- Queue restart_work only in case the device was running
Fixes: bf66f3736a ("can: mcp251x: Move to threaded interrupts instead of workqueues.")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan@agner.ch>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
protodown can be set by user space applications like MLAG on detecting
errors on a switch port. This patch provides sample switch driver changes
for handling protodown. Rocker PHYS disables the port in response to
protodown.
Signed-off-by: Anuradha Karuppiah <anuradhak@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Wilson Kok <wkok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for a new method of signalling the firmware
that TSO packets are being sent. The new method removes the need to
alter the ip and tcp checksums and allows TSO6 support.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All structures used in traffic forwarding are rcu-protected:
ipvl_addr, ipvl_dev and ipvl_port. Thus we can unhash addresses
without synchronization. We'll anyway hash it back into the same
bucket: in worst case lockless lookup will scan hash once again.
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add missing kfree_rcu(addr, rcu);
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
They are unused after commit f631c44bbe ("ipvlan: Always set broadcast bit in
multicast filter").
Signed-off-by: Konstantin Khlebnikov <khlebnikov@yandex-team.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current change mtu call only stops tx before removing RNDIS filter.
In case ringbufer is not empty, the rndis_filter_device_remove() may
hang on removing the buffers.
This patch adds close of RNDIS filter before removing it, also a
gradual waiting loop until the ring is empty. The change_mtu hang
issue under heavy traffic is solved by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-07-14
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Joe Stringer and Jesse Gross add a ndo_features_check function to ensure
that the i40e driver does not try to offload packets that exceed 80 bytes
in length.
Anjali adds additional stats to track flow director ATR and SB current
state and flow director flush count which will help the need for verbose
debug logs with respect to flow director. Also refines an error message
to avoid confusion, so that it indicates what may have really happened
when the init_shared_code() call possibly fails.
Pawel adds new fields to the capabilities structures to handle Flex-10
device/function capabilities which is needed to support Flex-10 configs.
Jesse improves the transmit performance by added a prefetch for the
next transmit descriptor to be used when we know there are more coming.
Mitch modifies i40evf driver to handle/allow an abundance of vectors.
Currently the driver only maps transmit and receive queues to a single
MSI-X vector per queue if there are exactly enough vectors for this, but
if we have too many vectors, it will fail and allocate queues to vectors
in a suboptimal manner. So change the condition check to allow for an
excess number of vectors and won't use the extras. Also update the
driver to just return success if the user attempts to set a port VLAN on
a VF that already has the same port VLAN configured, instead of going
through unnecessary filter removals & adds. Fix the MAC filters for VFs,
which were being programmed with 0 for the VLAN value when there was no
VLAN assigned. Instead, we must use -1 to indicate that no VLAN is in
use. Fix the VF disable code, which was not properly cleaning up the VF
and would leave the VF in an indeterminate state, so fix this by
notifying the VF and then call the normal VF reset routine. Fix the
logic in the driver so that MAC filters are added and removed correctly
and added a check for the driver's hardware MAC address so that this
filter does not get removed incorrectly.
Carolyn removes incorrect #ifdef's which should not have been added in
the first place and with the #ifdef's removed, make the necessary
changes in the driver to resolve compile errors.
Greg updates the admin queue command header defines.
v2: fix indentation in patch 12 based on feedback from Sergei Shtylyov
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABCgAGBQJVpgZgAAoJEP5prqPJtc/HPsMIAJTtkEzuZvjjV0rJ3/qvicdi
hz8Up9T4A3Ef8ynXlejYUTL6yksuo/rOwGwzcqF9QrJPaihqSwxLtPHbshKWp1RB
VX6Vjli7vDzHdX2wDjICt4If9FDCtJXLHfk6WLNwMnOX+ODfiGdyCR5L89c1asnZ
zDEI0HlyZO6yRHYyQF31fm/ze6oHOPjL49pypzRf6LwRJVRs6rdUUIZza3DadHRU
S1Lez1kXtBEVx4F6yryziLdvrM/7nfR0dfnW1Q0l3jtcjijfLeRN6ky4vEarw16s
onymQ8zXB0U0DK0waXhi0dL46p28KNlHtz79fgugHj2IGVcgQhwjsbO4EAsQbiE=
=S0cQ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-fixes-for-4.2-20150715' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
pull-request: can 2015-07-15
this is a pull request of 12 patches by me.
This series fixes the use of the skb after netif_receive_skb() / netif_rx()
which exists in several drivers.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need to memset memory allocated with vzalloc.
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Acked-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The eTSEC h/w is capable of scatter/gather on the receive side
too if MAXFRM > MRBLR, when the allowed maximum Rx frame size
is set to be greater than the maximum Rx buffer size (MRBLR).
It's about time the driver makes use of this h/w capability,
by supporting fixed buffer sizes and Rx S/G.
The buffer size given to eTSEC for reception is fixed to
1536B (must be multiple of 64), which is the same default
buffer size as before, used to accommodate standard MTU
(1500B) size frames. As before, eTSEC can receive frames of
up to 9600B. Individual Rx buffers are mapped to page halves
(page size for eTSEC systems is 4KB). The skb is built around
the first buffer of a frame (using build_skb()). In case the
frame spans multiple buffers, the trailing buffers are added
as Rx fragments to the skb. The last buffer in frame is marked
by the L status flag. A mechanism is in place to reuse the pages
owned by the driver (for Rx) for subsequent receptions.
Supporting fixed size buffers allows the implementation of Rx S/G,
which in turn removes the memory pressure issues the driver had
before when MTU was set for jumbo frame reception.
Also, in most cases, the Rx path becomes faster due to Rx page
reusal, since the overhead of allocating new rx buffers is removed
from the fast path.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use "ndev" instead of "dev", as the rx queue back pointer
to a net_device struct, to avoid name clashing with a
"struct device" reference. This prepares the addition of a
"struct device" back pointer to the rx queue structure.
Remove duplicated rxq registration in the process.
Move napi_gro_receive() outside gfar_process_frame().
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are several (long standing) problems about how the status
field of the rx buffer descriptor (rxbd) is currently handled on
the error path:
- too many unnecessary 16bit reads of the two halves of the rxbd
status field (32bit), also resulting in overuse of endianness
convesion macros;
- "bdp->status = RXBD_LARGE" makes no sense, since the "large"
flag is read only (only eTSEC can write it), and trying to clear
the other status bits is also error prone in this context
(most of the rx status bits are read only anyway).
This is fixed with a single 32bit read of the "status" field,
and then the appropriate 16bit shifting is applied to access
the various status bits or the rx frame length. Also corrected
the use of the RXBD_LARGE flag.
Additional fix:
"rx_over_errors" stat is incremented instead of "rx_crc_errors"
in case of RXBD_OVERRUN occurrence.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use a more common consumer/ producer index design to improve
rx buffer allocation. Instead of allocating a single new buffer
(skb) on each iteration, bundle the allocation of several rx
buffers at a time. This also opens the path for further memory
optimizations.
Remove useless check of rxq->rfbptr, since this patch touches
rx pause frame handling code as well. rxq->rfbptr is always
initialized as part of Rx BD ring init.
Remove redundant (and misleading) 'amount_pull' parameter.
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 6c3e921b18.
commit 6c3e921b18 ("net: fec: Ensure clocks are enabled while using mdio
bus") prevents the kernel to boot on mx6 boards, so let's revert it.
Reported-by: Tyler Baker <tyler.baker@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no guarantee that the skb is in the same state after calling
net_receive_skb() or netif_rx(). It might be freed or reused. Not really
harmful as its a read access, except you turn on the proper debugging options
which catch a use after free.
Cc: Stephane Grosjean <s.grosjean@peak-system.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
There is no guarantee that the skb is in the same state after calling
net_receive_skb() or netif_rx(). It might be freed or reused. Not really
harmful as its a read access, except you turn on the proper debugging options
which catch a use after free.
Cc: Bernd Krumboeck <b.krumboeck@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
There is no guarantee that the skb is in the same state after calling
net_receive_skb() or netif_rx(). It might be freed or reused. Not really
harmful as its a read access, except you turn on the proper debugging options
which catch a use after free.
Cc: Gerhard Uttenthaler <uttenthaler@ems-wuensche.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
There is no guarantee that the skb is in the same state after calling
net_receive_skb() or netif_rx(). It might be freed or reused. Not really
harmful as its a read access, except you turn on the proper debugging options
which catch a use after free.
Cc: Thomas Körper <thomas.koerper@esd.eu>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
There is no guarantee that the skb is in the same state after calling
net_receive_skb() or netif_rx(). It might be freed or reused. Not really
harmful as its a read access, except you turn on the proper debugging options
which catch a use after free.
Cc: Wolfgang Grandegger <wg@grandegger.com>
Cc: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
There is no guarantee that the skb is in the same state after calling
net_receive_skb() or netif_rx(). It might be freed or reused. Not really
harmful as its a read access, except you turn on the proper debugging options
which catch a use after free.
Cc: Wolfgang Grandegger <wg@grandegger.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
There is no guarantee that the skb is in the same state after calling
net_receive_skb() or netif_rx(). It might be freed or reused. Not really
harmful as its a read access, except you turn on the proper debugging options
which catch a use after free.
Cc: Anant Gole <anantgole@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
There is no guarantee that the skb is in the same state after calling
net_receive_skb() or netif_rx(). It might be freed or reused. Not really
harmful as its a read access, except you turn on the proper debugging options
which catch a use after free.
Cc: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
There is no guarantee that the skb is in the same state after calling
net_receive_skb() or netif_rx(). It might be freed or reused. Not really
harmful as its a read access, except you turn on the proper debugging options
which catch a use after free.
Cc: Andreas Larsson <andreas@gaisler.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
There is no guarantee that the skb is in the same state after calling
net_receive_skb() or netif_rx(). It might be freed or reused. Not really
harmful as its a read access, except you turn on the proper debugging options
which catch a use after free.
Cc: Aaron Wu <Aaron.wu@analog.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
There is no guarantee that the skb is in the same state after calling
net_receive_skb() or netif_rx(). It might be freed or reused. Not really
harmful as its a read access, except you turn on the proper debugging options
which catch a use after free.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
There is no guarantee that the skb is in the same state after calling
net_receive_skb() or netif_rx(). It might be freed or reused. Not really
harmful as its a read access, except you turn on the proper debugging options
which catch a use after free.
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Bump.
Change-ID: I84573d9fa51effc5b29bf5b8c74e3cc8b2673f48
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Change a warning message to indicate what may have really happened when
the init_shared_code call fails.
Change-ID: I616ace40fed120d0dec86dfc91ab2d7cde466904
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The i40e_add_pd_table_entry() routine is being modified to handle both
cases where a backing page is passed and where backing page is allocated
in i40e_add_pd_table_entry().
For PBLE resource management, it is more efficient for it to manage its
backing pages. For VF, PBLE backing page addresses will be send to PF
driver for PBLE resource.
The i40e_remove_pd_bp() is also modified to not free pre-allocated pages and
free only ones which were allocated in i40e_add_pd_table_entry().
Change-ID: Ie673f0403f22979e9406f5a94048dceb91bcf9a8
Signed-off-by: Faisal Latif <faisal.latif@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During close, all of the MAC filters are cleared, so the driver would be
unable to receive unicast packets after being closed and reopened.
Add the adapter's "hardware" MAC address filter in open, not init. This
ensures that the correct filter is present each time.
Change-ID: I51a11e9c1200139dab6f66a5353bd38c7d26f875
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Due to an inverted conditional, the driver was marking all of its MAC
filters for deletion every time set_rx_mode was called. Depending upon
the timing of the calls to set_rx_mode and the processing of the admin
queue, the driver would (accidentally) end up with a varying number of
functional filters.
Correct this logic so that MAC filters are added and removed correctly.
Add a check for the driver's "hardware" MAC address so that this filter
doesn't get removed incorrectly.
Change-ID: Ib3e7c4a5b53df6835f164fe44cb778cb71f8aff8
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a VF is disabled, there is no way for it to recover until either
the PF driver is reloaded or SR-IOV is disabled and enabled. To correct
this, enable the VF after a successful reset.
Change-ID: I9e0788476c4d53d5407961b503febdfff2b8a7c6
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The VF disable code was just whanging on the reset bit without properly
cleaning up the VF, which would leave the VF in an indeterminate state
from which it could not recover. Fix this by notifying the VF and then
by calling the normal VF reset routine.
Change-ID: I862b9dfa919368773cbdc212b805b520db2f7430
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
MAC filters for VFs were being programmed with 0 for the VLAN value when
there was no VLAN assigned. This is incorrect and actually assigns the
VF to VLAN 0. Instead, we must use -1 to indicate that no VLAN is in
use. This change programs the filters correctly and gets rid of a bogus
error message when setting a port VLAN on an active VF.
Change-ID: Ica9a9906d768405377ff3308e27f7d0b5b2ea96e
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Make the necessary updates to i40e_adminq_cmd.h.
Change-ID: Ib031c86cc6cab78e5aa44c64d8ce5474be8d7e42
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch removes some #ifdef's that should not be there. They
were stopping code that is needed from being compiled in.
With these #ifdef's removed, changes are needed in the driver
to fix some compile errors: adding missing parameters to
the definition of ndo_bridge_setlink and a ndo_dflt_brige_getlink call.
Change-ID: I5516614e1bc50b6bca0647cef971bc96161ba2de
Signed-off-by: Carolyn Wyborny <carolyn.wyborny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Catherine Sullivan <catherine.sullivan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If user attempts to set a port VLAN on a VF that already has the same
port VLAN configured, the driver will go through a completely
unnecessary flurry of filter removals and filter adds. Just check for
this condition and return success instead of doing a bunch of busywork.
Change-ID: Ia1a9e83e6ed48b3f4658bc20dfc6af0cf525d54a
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The driver currently only maps TX and RX queues to a single MSI-X vector
per queue pair if there are exactly enough vectors for this.
Unfortunately, if we have too many vectors it will fail and allocate
queues to vectors in a suboptimal manner. Change the condition check to
allow for excess vectors. In this case, the extras just won't be used.
Change-ID: I23e1e2955c64739c86612db88a25583e6a7e0b17
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a prefetch for the next Tx descriptor to be used when we know
there are more coming.
Change-ID: Ibb9acab11d508eec2db7da795df74debc16eeacb
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The Flex10 device/function capability has been upgraded to include
information needed to support Flex-10 configurations. This patch adds new
fields to the i40e_hw_capabilities structure and updates
i40e_parse_discover_capabilities functions to extract them from the AQ
response. Naming convention has changed to use flex10 mode instead of
existing mfp_mode_1.
Change-ID: I305dd888866985a30293acb3fb14fa43ca6b79ea
Signed-off-by: Pawel Orlowski <pawel.orlowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Akeem G Abodunrin <akeem.g.abodunrin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since the driver can dynamically enable/disable FD ATR and SB features,
these stats help keep track of the current state and along with
fd_flush count provide a means to debug what could be going on
with the flow director filters. This will take away the need for
being verbose in our debug logs with respect to FD.
Change-ID: I29224f750fe6602391043655d18996570720377d
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
i40e supports UDP tunnel headers up to 80 bytes in length, so
this adds a check to ensure that it doesn't try to offload
packets that exceed that.
Signed-off-by: Joe Stringer <joestringer@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The > should be >=. I also added spaces around the '-' operations so
the code is a little more consistent and matches the condition better.
Fixes: f53c3fe8da ('xen-netback: Introduce TX grant mapping')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some of the local variable intializers in the driver turned out to be pointless,
kill them.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass 1 parts had a number of significant erratas and were only available
in small numbers and under NDA. Full support also required the use of a
special toolchain that kept branches properly aligned. These workarounds
were never upstreamed and the only toolchain known to have them is
Montavista's GCC 3.0-based toolchain which completly obsoleted if not
useless these days.
So now that automated testing has tripped over the user of the
-msb1-pass1-workarounds option, rather than fixing it remove support for
pass 1 parts.
Probably nobody will notice. I seem to own the last know pass 1 board
and I haven't noticed another one in the wild in the past decade, at
least.
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Conflicts:
net/bridge/br_mdb.c
Minor conflict in br_mdb.c, in 'net' we added a memset of the
on-stack 'ip' variable whereas in 'net-next' we assign a new
member 'vid'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Missing list head init in bluetooth hidp session creation, from Tedd
Ho-Jeong An.
2) Don't leak SKB in bridge netfilter error paths, from Florian
Westphal.
3) ipv6 netdevice private leak in netfilter bridging, fixed by Julien
Grall.
4) Fix regression in IP over hamradio bpq encapsulation, from Ralf
Baechle.
5) Fix race between rhashtable resize events and table walks, from Phil
Sutter.
6) Missing validation of IFLA_VF_INFO netlink attributes, fix from
Daniel Borkmann.
7) Missing security layer socket state initialization in tipc code,
from Stephen Smalley.
8) Fix shared IRQ handling in boomerang 3c59x interrupt handler, from
Denys Vlasenko.
9) Missing minor_idr destroy on module unload on macvtap driver, from
Johannes Thumshirn.
10) Various pktgen kernel thread races, from Oleg Nesterov.
11) Fix races that can cause packets to be processed in the backlog even
after a device attached to that SKB has been fully unregistered.
From Julian Anastasov.
12) bcmgenet driver doesn't account packet drops vs. errors properly,
fix from Petri Gynther.
13) Array index validation and off by one fix in DSA layer from Florian
Fainelli
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (66 commits)
can: replace timestamp as unique skb attribute
ARM: dts: dra7x-evm: Prevent glitch on DCAN1 pinmux
can: c_can: Fix default pinmux glitch at init
can: rcar_can: unify error messages
can: rcar_can: print request_irq() error code
can: rcar_can: fix typo in error message
can: rcar_can: print signed IRQ #
can: rcar_can: fix IRQ check
net: dsa: Fix off-by-one in switch address parsing
net: dsa: Test array index before use
net: switchdev: don't abort unsupported operations
net: bcmgenet: fix accounting of packet drops vs errors
cdc_ncm: update specs URL
Doc: z8530book: Fix typo in API-z8530-sync-txdma-open.html
net: inet_diag: always export IPV6_V6ONLY sockopt for listening sockets
bridge: mdb: allow the user to delete mdb entry if there's a querier
net: call rcu_read_lock early in process_backlog
net: do not process device backlog during unregistration
bridge: fix potential crash in __netdev_pick_tx()
net: axienet: Fix devm_ioremap_resource return value check
...
Commit 514ac99c64 "can: fix multiple delivery of a single CAN frame for
overlapping CAN filters" requires the skb->tstamp to be set to check for
identical CAN skbs.
Without timestamping to be required by user space applications this timestamp
was not generated which lead to commit 36c01245eb "can: fix loss of CAN frames
in raw_rcv" - which forces the timestamp to be set in all CAN related skbuffs
by introducing several __net_timestamp() calls.
This forces e.g. out of tree drivers which are not using alloc_can{,fd}_skb()
to add __net_timestamp() after skbuff creation to prevent the frame loss fixed
in mainline Linux.
This patch removes the timestamp dependency and uses an atomic counter to
create an unique identifier together with the skbuff pointer.
Btw: the new skbcnt element introduced in struct can_skb_priv has to be
initialized with zero in out-of-tree drivers which are not using
alloc_can{,fd}_skb() too.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
The previous change 3973c526ae (net: can: c_can: Disable pins when CAN
interface is down) causes a slight glitch on the pinctrl settings when used.
Since commit ab78029 (drivers/pinctrl: grab default handles from device core),
the device core will automatically set the default pins. This causes the pins
to be momentarily set to the default and then to the sleep state in
register_c_can_dev(). By adding an optional "enable" state, boards can set the
default pin state to be disabled and avoid the glitch when the switch from
default to sleep first occurs. If the "enable" state is not available
c_can_pinctrl_select_state() falls back to using the "default" pinctrl state.
[Roger Q] - Forward port to v4.2 and use pinctrl_get_select().
Signed-off-by: J.D. Schroeder <jay.schroeder@garmin.com>
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
All the error messages in the driver but the ones from devm_clk_get() failures
use similar format. Make those two messages consitent with others.
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Also print the error code when the request_irq() call fails in rcar_can_open(),
rewording the error message...
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Fix typo in the first error message printed by rcar_can_open().
Based on the original patch by Vladimir Barinov.
Fixes: 862e2b6af9 ("can: rcar_can: support all input clocks")
Reported-by: Vladimir Barinov <vladimir.barinov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Printing IRQ # using "%x" and "%u" unsigned formats isn't quite correct as
'ndev->irq' is of type *int*, so the "%d" format needs to be used instead.
While fixing this, beautify the dev_info() message in rcar_can_probe() a bit.
Fixes: fd1159318e ("can: add Renesas R-Car CAN driver")
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
rcar_can_probe() regards 0 as a wrong IRQ #, despite platform_get_irq() that it
calls returns negative error code in that case. This leads to the following
being printed to the console when attempting to open the device:
error requesting interrupt fffffffa
because rcar_can_open() calls request_irq() with a negative IRQ #, and that
function naturally fails with -EINVAL.
Check for the negative error codes instead and propagate them upstream instead
of just returning -ENODEV.
Fixes: fd1159318e ("can: add Renesas R-Car CAN driver")
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
This fixes the byte order copying in the MAO (Mac Override
Section) section from the PNVM, as the byte swapping is not
required anymore in the 8000 family. Due to the byte
swapping, the driver was reporting an incorrect MAC
adddress.
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [4.1]
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This reverts commit 5f17570354.
This patch introduced a high latency in buffer allocation
under extreme load. This latency caused a firmwre crash.
The same scenario works fine with this patch reverted.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add preemptive flag to scheduled scan command flags. Without this
flag, all scan requests after scheduled scan was started will be
delayed until scheduled scan stops. As a result, P2P_FIND will be
blocked while scheduled scan is active.
This flag was omitted during refactoring.
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add new 3165 devices support.
Add one new 8000 series device support.
Remove support for 0x0000, 0xC030 and 0xD030 sub-system IDs
in the 8000 series.
Signed-off-by: Oren Givon <oren.givon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The time event is initialized relatively late in interface (mvmvif)
initialization, so it's possible to fail before that happens. As a
consequence, the driver will crash if it ever tries to delete this
time event in case initialization was unsuccessful.
Avoid this by using the time event's vif pointer to indicate validity.
The vif pointer is != NULL whenever the id is != TE_MAX, except for
this special error case where the vif pointer will have the correct
property (as the whole memory is cleared on allocation) whereas the
id is 0, causing a crash in trying to delete the time event from the
list.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
For 8000 series, we need to access the device to know what
firmware to load. Before we do so, we need to prepare the
device otherwise we might not be able to access the
hardware.
Fixes: c278754a21e6 ("iwlwifi: mvm: support family 8000 B2/C steps")
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [4.1]
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
bcmgenet driver needs to separate packet drops from packet errors.
When the driver has to drop a *good* packet, due to lack of buffers or
replacement skbs, increment only dev->stats.[rx|tx]_dropped.
When the driver encounters a bad Rx packet or Tx error, increment only
dev->stats.[rx|tx]_errors + relevant detailed error counter.
Signed-off-by: Petri Gynther <pgynther@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update referenced specs link to reflect actual file version and location.
Signed-off-by: Enrico Mioso <mrkiko.rs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because of the missing return, the macVersion value was being
overwritten with an invalid register read
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
FCC long pulse radar (type 5) requires pulses to be
checked for chirping. This patch implements chirp
detection based on the FFT data provided for long
pulses.
A chirp is detected when a set of criteria defined
by FCC pulse characteristics is met, including
* have at least 4 FFT samples
* max_bin index moves equidistantly between samples
* the gradient is within defined range
The chirp detection has been tested with reference
radar generating devices and proved to work reliably.
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The chip reports radar pulses on extension channel
even if operating in HT20 mode. This patch adds a
sanity check for HT40 mode before it feeds pulses
on extension channel to the pattern detector.
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
commit 2c86c27501 ("Add ipw2100 wireless driver.") introduced
HW_PHY_OFF_LOOP_DELAY (HZ / 5000) which always evaluated to 0. Clarified
by Stanislav Yakovlev <stas.yakovlev@gmail.com> that it should be 50
milliseconds thus fixed up to msecs_to_jiffies(50).
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Acked-by: Stanislav Yakovlev <stas.yakovlev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Concurrent AP/GO operation on different channels
isn't really supported well by the firmware so
it's better to remove it from being advertised.
Also tune the way station and p2p client interface
limits are expressed to allow station + 2x p2p
client or station + p2p client + p2p go.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Whenever any vdev was supposed to be paused all Tx
queues were stopped (except offchannel) instead of
only these associated with the given vdev.
This caused subtle issues with
multi-channel/multi-vif scenarios, e.g.
authentication of station vif could sometimes fail
depending on fw tx pause request timing.
Fixes: b4aa539dd8 ("ath10k: implement tx pause wmi event")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Psmode can be forcefully enabled when vdev isn't
started. It isn't guaranteed that mac80211 will
re-issue psmode setting after vdev is started
unless actual bss_conf.ps value has changed.
Even if this doesn't fix any problems now it may
prevent future breakage.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
The expiration function must not be called when
roc is explicitly cancelled by mac80211. However
since fcf9844636 ("ath10k: fix hw roc
expiration") the notification was never sent when
roc actually expired.
This fixes some P2P connection setup issues.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Further testing proved that multi-channel AP+STA
on QCA6174 with RM.2.0-00088 should have powersave
force-disabled to avoid beacon misses/skipping on
either side which in turn could disrupt
communication.
Since AP never has arvif->ps don't even bother
checking it. Other combinations may be broken as
well so disallow powersave with multivif outright
unless firmware advertises otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
mac80211 already does provide complete IEs for
Probe Requests for hw scan and ath10k firmware was
appending duplicate Supported Rates IEs
unnecessarily.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In commit 418ca5992e ("ath10k: Make target cpu address to
CE address conversion chip specific") mask 0x7fff is added
by mistake instead of 0x7ff. Fix this regression.
Fixes: 418ca5992e ("ath10k: Make target cpu address to CE address conversion chip specific")
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
commit a521ee983d ("ath10k: Add new reg_address/mask to hw register
table") broke QCA61x4 support by providing wrong
fw_indicator_address, which should have been 0x0003a028 instead of 0x00009028.
User experience was a failing boot up sequence (crashing device during
initialization):
[ 181.663874] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: enabling device (0000 -> 0002)
[ 181.664787] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: pci irq msi-x interrupts 8 irq_mode 0 reset_mode 0
[ 181.688886] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: device has crashed during init
[ 181.688897] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: failed to wait for target after cold reset: -70
[ 181.688902] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: failed to reset chip: -70
[ 181.689774] ath10k_pci: probe of 0000:02:00.0 failed with error -70
Fix it by updating the address with correct value.
Fixes: a521ee983d ("ath10k: Add new reg_address/mask to hw register table")
Signed-off-by: Bartosz Markowski <bartosz.markowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This patch fix a spelling typo found in API-z8530-sync-txdma-open.html.
It is because this file was generated from comment in source,
I have to fix comment in source.
Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SET_LOOPBACK_MODE command is always issued from ethtool only in a
process context. So, while waiting for the cmd to complete, the driver
can sleep instead of holding spin_lock_bh() on the mcc_lock. This is done
by calling be_mcc_notify() instead of be_mcc_notify_wait() (that returns
only after the cmd completes while the MCCQ is locked).
Signed-off-by: Suresh Reddy <suresh.reddy@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fix makes the RX_FILTER cmd asynchronous, i.e., the caller issues
this cmd and doesn't wait for a completion from the FW. If the FW/adapter
is in an error state, this change helps in not holding up the rtnl_lock
and keeping bottom halves disabled while the driver timesout waiting for
a response from the FW.
Signed-off-by: Suresh Reddy <suresh.reddy@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the adapter is in error state, return error from be_mcc_notify()
so that the caller routines need not sleep waiting for a response.
Signed-off-by: Suresh Reddy <suresh.reddy@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "dest" field in the UDP-hdr of a TX skb is in network endian format.
Convert it to host endian before accessing it. The os2bmc patch,
mentioned below introduced this code.
Fixes: 760c295e0e ("be2net: Support for OS2BMC")
Signed-off-by: Venkat Duvvuru <VenkatKumar.Duvvuru@Emulex.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the commit a6e6ff6eee
("be2net: simplify UFI compatibility checking"), a return value of "-1"
was incorrectly used in place of "false". This patch fixes it.
Fixes: a6e6ff6eee ("be2net: simplify UFI compatibility checking")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara.volam@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pci_enable_device() call sets device power state to D0; there is no need
doing it again.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code assumes that bridge functionality (EVB) in the adapter
is enabled only when SR-IOV is enabled. This is not always true.
This patch uses the GET_HSW_CONFIG FW cmd to query this from the FW.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change will make be_setup_wol() routine more compact and readable
by removing some duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Kalesh AP <kalesh.purayil@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: Sathya Perla <sathya.perla@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
platform_driver does not need to set an owner because
platform_driver_register() will set it.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <k.kozlowski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support manually setting the polarity to mdi or mdix
Signed-off-by: David Thomson <david.thomson@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the mdix setting from ethtool down to the phy driver, to allow
driver specific implementations of manually setting the polarity.
Signed-off-by: David Thomson <david.thomson@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Value returned by devm_ioremap_resource() was checked for non-NULL but
devm_ioremap_resource() returns IOMEM_ERR_PTR, not NULL. In case of
error this could lead to dereference of ERR_PTR.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <k.kozlowski.k@gmail.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Fixes: 46aa27df88 ("net: axienet: Use devm_* calls")
Reviewed-by: Sören Brinkmann <soren.brinkmann@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NCM specs are not actually mandating a specific position in the frame for
the NDP (Network Datagram Pointer). However, some Huawei devices will
ignore our aggregates if it is not placed after the datagrams it points
to. Add support for doing just this, in a per-device configurable way.
While at it, update NCM subdrivers, disabling this functionality in all of
them, except in huawei_cdc_ncm where it is enabled instead.
We aren't making any distinction between different Huawei NCM devices,
based on what the vendor driver does. Standard NCM devices are left
unaffected: if they are compliant, they should be always usable, still
stay on the safe side.
This change has been tested and working with a Huawei E3131 device (which
works regardless of NDP position), a Huawei E3531 (also working both
ways) and an E3372 (which mandates NDP to be after indexed datagrams).
V1->V2:
- corrected wrong NDP acronym definition
- fixed possible NULL pointer dereference
- patch cleanup
V2->V3:
- Properly account for the NDP size when writing new packets to SKB
Signed-off-by: Enrico Mioso <mrkiko.rs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 'c03abd84634d ("net: ethernet: cpsw: don't requests
IRQs we don't use")', common isr is split into tx and rx, but
in rx isr tx interrupt is also disabledi in cpsw_disable_irq().
So tx interrupts are not handled during rx interrupts and rx
napi completion and results in poor tx performance by 40Mbps.
Fixing by disabling only rx interrupt in rx isr.
Cc: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v4.0+
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use eth_hw_addr_random() instead of calling random_ether_addr().
Here, this change is setting addr_assign_type to NET_ADDR_RANDOM.
The Coccinelle semantic patch that performs this transformation
is as follows:
@@
identifier a,b;
@@
-random_ether_addr(a->b);
+eth_hw_addr_random(a);
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MV88E6320 and MV88E6321 are largely compatible to MV886352,
but are members of a different chip family.
Signed-off-by: Aleksey S. Kazantsev <ioctl@yandex.ru>
Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement ndo_change_mtu: on MTU change, reallocate Rx ring bufs and signal
HW of new port MTU value.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Tested-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use module_pci_driver for drivers whose init and exit functions
only register and unregister, respectively.
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch that performs
this transformation is as follows:
@a@
identifier f, x;
@@
-static f(...) { return pci_register_driver(&x); }
@b depends on a@
identifier e, a.x;
statement S;
@@
-static e(...) {
-pci_unregister_driver(&x);
-DBG_PRINT(INIT_DBG,"S");
- }
@c depends on a && b@
identifier a.f;
declarer name module_init;
@@
-module_init(f);
@d depends on a && b && c@
identifier b.e, a.x;
declarer name module_exit;
declarer name module_pci_driver;
@@
-module_exit(e);
+module_pci_driver(x);
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we don't have access to the new User GTS (T5+), use the old doorbell
mechanism; otherwise use the new BAR2 mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The limit for BQL is updated each time we call
netdev_tx_completed_queue.
Without this patch the BQL limit was updated for every TX event we
see.
The issue was that this only updated the limit to handle the data
we complete in two events as the first event wouldn't show that
enough traffic had been processed between them.
This was OK when interrupt moderation was off but not when it was
on as more data had to be completed in a single interrupt.
The patch changes this so that we do report the completion to BQL
only when all the TX events in the interrupt have been processed.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This device is sold as 'NVIDIA Tegra USB 3.0 Ethernet'.
Chipset is RTL8153 and works with r8152.
Signed-off-by: Zheng Liu <zhliu@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As its first order of business, boomerang_interrupt() checks whether
the device really has any pending interrupts. If it does not,
it does nothing and returns, but it still returns IRQ_HANDLED.
This is wrong: interrupt was not handled, IRQ handlers of other
devices sharing this IRQ line need to be called.
vortex_interrupt() has it right: it returns IRQ_NONE in this case
via IRQ_RETVAL(0).
Do the same in boomerang_interrupt().
Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vmxnet3's current napi path is built to count every rx descriptor we recieve,
and use that as a count of the napi budget. That means its possible to return
from a napi poll halfway through recieving a fragmented packet accross multiple
dma descriptors. If that happens, the next napi poll will start with the
descriptor ring in an improper state (e.g. the first descriptor we look at may
have the end-of-packet bit set), which will cause a BUG halt in the driver.
Fix the issue by only counting whole received packets in the napi poll and
returning that value, rather than the descriptor count.
Tested by the reporter and myself, successfully
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Shreyas Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch avoids the double up_write to filter_sem if
efx_net_open() fails.
Resolves: 2d432f20d2
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Updating the driver to read the stats of only available channels. T6 and
later has only 2 channels
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver was retrieving the parameters for the bounds of its
slice of the L2T from the firmware and then throwing those away and
using the entire table. This corrects that problem.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some versions of MCFW do not support the MC_CMD_VADAPTOR_SET_MAC
command, and ENOSYS will be returned.
If the PF created its own vport, the function's datapath must be
stopped and the vport can be reconfigured to reflect the new MAC
address.
If the MCFW created the vport for the PF (which is the case when
the nic_data->vport_mac is blank), nothing further needs to be
done as the vport is not under the control of the PF.
This only applies to PFs because the MCFW in question does not
support VFs.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Re-organize the structure of error handling to avoid having
to duplicate the netif_err() around the ifdefs.
The only change to the behaviour of the error-handling is that
the PF's data structure to record VF details should only be
updated if the original command succeeded.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When "primary_reselect" is set to "failure", primary interface should
not become active until current active slave is down. But if we set first
member of bond device as a "primary" interface and "primary_reselect"
is set to "failure" then whenever primary interface's link get back(up)
it become active slave even if current active slave is still up.
With this patch, "bond_find_best_slave" will not traverse members if
primary interface is not candidate for failover/reselection and current
active slave is still up.
Signed-off-by: Mazhar Rana <mazhar.rana@cyberoam.com>
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <jay.vosburgh@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use module_pci_driver for drivers whose init and exit functions
only register and unregister, respectively.
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch that performs
this transformation is as follows:
@a@
identifier f, x;
@@
-static f(...) { return pci_register_driver(&x); }
@b depends on a@
identifier e, a.x;
@@
-static e(...) { pci_unregister_driver(&x); }
@c depends on a && b@
identifier a.f;
declarer name module_init;
@@
-module_init(f);
@d depends on a && b && c@
identifier b.e, a.x;
declarer name module_exit;
declarer name module_pci_driver;
@@
-module_exit(e);
+module_pci_driver(x);
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When packet encapsulation is in use, the MTU needs to be reduced for
headroom reservation.
The existing code takes the updated MTU value only from the host side.
But vSwitch extensions, such as Open vSwitch, require the flexibility
to change the MTU to different values from within a guest during the
lifecycle of a vNIC, when the encapsulation protocol is changed. The
patch supports this kind of MTU changes.
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When a switch is attached to the mdio bus, the mdio bus can be used
while the interface is not open. If the IPG clock is not enabled, MDIO
reads/writes will simply time out.
Add support for runtime PM to control this clock. Enable/disable this
clock using runtime PM, with open()/close() and mdio read()/write()
function triggering runtime PM operations. Since PM is optional, the
IPG clock is enabled at probe and is no longer modified by
fec_enet_clk_enable(), thus if PM is not enabled in the kernel, it is
guaranteed the clock is running when MDIO operations are performed.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Acked-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When running a kernel configured with CONFIG_DMA_API_DEBUG=y a warning
is issued:
DMA-API: device driver tries to sync DMA memory it has not allocated
This warning is the result of mapping the full range of the Rx buffer
pages allocated and then performing a dma_sync_single_for_cpu against
a calculated DMA address. The proper thing to do is to use the
dma_sync_single_range_for_cpu with a base DMA address and an offset.
Reported-by: Kim Phillips <kim.phillips@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Tested-by: Kim Phillips <kim.phillips@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add extra check for total vfs for SRIOV to check if that value is
bigger than total vfs in pci SRIOV capabalities. Fix a check and
print of the number of maximum vfs that hw can handle. Fix a check
and print of the number of maximum vfs per port that driver can handle.
Signed-off-by: Carol L Soto <clsoto@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable SG support for Zynq SOC family devices.
Signed-off-by: Punnaiah Choudary Kalluri <punnaia@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two duplicated xenvif_zerocopy_callback() definitions.
Remove one of them.
Signed-off-by: Liang Li <liang.z.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On UML builds, mdio-mux-mmioreg.c fails to compile:
drivers/net/phy/mdio-mux-mmioreg.c:50:3: error: implicit declaration of function ‘ioremap’ [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
drivers/net/phy/mdio-mux-mmioreg.c:63:3: error: implicit declaration of function ‘iounmap’ [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
This is due to CONFIG_OF now being user selectable. Add a dependency on
HAS_IOMEM to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since 1d5da757da (ax25: Stop using magic
neighbour cache operations.) any attempt to transmit IP packets over
a bpqether device will result in a message like "Dead loop on virtual
device bpq0, fix it urgently!"
Fix suggested by Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>.
Signed-off-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 4.1
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Mellanox driver has the knowledge if rxhash is a L4 hash,
if it receives a non fragmented TCP or UDP frame and
NETIF_F_RXCSUM is enabled on netdev.
ip_summed value is CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY in this case.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Cc: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
iwl_trans_pcie_alloc needs to return a non-zero value
if it fails. Otherwise the iwl_drv_start will think that
the allocation succeeded.
Remove the duplication of err and ret variable and use ret
which is the name we usually use in other places of the
driver.
Fixes: c278754a21e6 ("iwlwifi: mvm: support family 8000 B2/C steps")
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [4.1]
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
While cleanig the access to those hw-dependent registers,
instead of using the product family type, wrong condition was added
mistakenly and enabled 8000 family devices a forbidden access
to HW registers, fix it.
Fixes: 95411d0455 ("iwlwifi: pcie: Control access to the NIC's PM registers via iwl_cfg")
Signed-off-by: Dreyfuss, Haim <haim.dreyfuss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Now that there is no paravirt TSC, the "native" is
inappropriate. The function does RDTSC, so give it the obvious
name: rdtsc().
Suggested-by: Borislav Petkov <bp@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Borislav Petkov <bp@suse.de>
Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@alien8.de>
Cc: Brian Gerst <brgerst@gmail.com>
Cc: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
Cc: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
Cc: Huang Rui <ray.huang@amd.com>
Cc: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Cc: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: kvm ML <kvm@vger.kernel.org>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/fd43e16281991f096c1e4d21574d9e1402c62d39.1434501121.git.luto@kernel.org
[ Ported it to v4.2-rc1. ]
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
This is only used if BAYCOM_DEBUG is defined.
Signed-off-by: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Borislav Petkov <bp@suse.de>
Acked-by: Thomas Sailer <t.sailer@alumni.ethz.ch
Acked-by: Walter Harms <wharms@bfs.de>
Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@amacapital.net>
Cc: Borislav Petkov <bp@alien8.de>
Cc: Brian Gerst <brgerst@gmail.com>
Cc: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
Cc: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
Cc: Huang Rui <ray.huang@amd.com>
Cc: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Cc: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: kvm ML <kvm@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1195ce0c7f34169ff3006341b77806184a46b9bf.1434501121.git.luto@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
An abstraction layer was added to allow the hardware and clients to be
easily added. This required rewriting the NTB transport layer for this
abstraction layer. This modification will allow future
"high performance" NTB clients.
In addition to this change, a number of performance modifications were
added. These changes include NUMA enablement, using CPU memcpy instead
of asyncdma, and modification of NTB layer MTU size.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=CyfQ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'ntb-4.2' of git://github.com/jonmason/ntb
Pull NTB updates from Jon Mason:
"This includes a pretty significant reworking of the NTB core code, but
has already produced some significant performance improvements.
An abstraction layer was added to allow the hardware and clients to be
easily added. This required rewriting the NTB transport layer for
this abstraction layer. This modification will allow future "high
performance" NTB clients.
In addition to this change, a number of performance modifications were
added. These changes include NUMA enablement, using CPU memcpy
instead of asyncdma, and modification of NTB layer MTU size"
* tag 'ntb-4.2' of git://github.com/jonmason/ntb: (22 commits)
NTB: Add split BAR output for debugfs stats
NTB: Change WARN_ON_ONCE to pr_warn_once on unsafe
NTB: Print driver name and version in module init
NTB: Increase transport MTU to 64k from 16k
NTB: Rename Intel code names to platform names
NTB: Default to CPU memcpy for performance
NTB: Improve performance with write combining
NTB: Use NUMA memory in Intel driver
NTB: Use NUMA memory and DMA chan in transport
NTB: Rate limit ntb_qp_link_work
NTB: Add tool test client
NTB: Add ping pong test client
NTB: Add parameters for Intel SNB B2B addresses
NTB: Reset transport QP link stats on down
NTB: Do not advance transport RX on link down
NTB: Differentiate transport link down messages
NTB: Check the device ID to set errata flags
NTB: Enable link for Intel root port mode in probe
NTB: Read peer info from local SPAD in transport
NTB: Split ntb_hw_intel and ntb_transport drivers
...
Change ntb_hw_intel to use the new NTB hardware abstraction layer.
Split ntb_transport into its own driver. Change it to use the new NTB
hardware abstraction layer.
Signed-off-by: Allen Hubbe <Allen.Hubbe@emc.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us>
I have just queued some more bugfix patches today but none fix regressions and
none are related to these ones, so it looks like a good time for a merge for
-rc1.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVk7JOAAoJECgfDbjSjVRpHgEIAKrgLd7gIQ8lO+LCYqne6WLQ
Ky8rOUnaxX4gD5N0akhfJFr/m/yIyAfk9+ALZZUo3kfuFiEsT2rn32iK/2Gj8pcu
HFoAWhS+7b/ZsfpHRPtv/zVD3q4c3nWsWpfWK09J+4t0UJuC8fmGMoBzkS0kjZtd
dQnHlJi5+1u4ch2x9sYYeVx7GOJ8a1W0q7cWJnWdOffWLEP9/zB8fgRVLFp/7AAd
uBlza93RU81wS7q5tSUph6ESPqt2yu357e//4jnWjVx5EUXDRBL3A/T1JpC1qYSn
WV2Gv14x+LVz2G8WgGmwfMq1H9Dvd/OzNToX5R8SIRx6Rh5L6gxFQjqt4dclGj8=
=nKap
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost
Pull virtio/vhost cross endian support from Michael Tsirkin:
"I have just queued some more bugfix patches today but none fix
regressions and none are related to these ones, so it looks like a
good time for a merge for -rc1.
The motivation for this is support for legacy BE guests on the new LE
hosts. There are two redeeming properties that made me merge this:
- It's a trivial amount of code: since we wrap host/guest accesses
anyway, almost all of it is well hidden from drivers.
- Sane platforms would never set flags like VHOST_CROSS_ENDIAN_LEGACY,
and when it's clear, there's zero overhead (as some point it was
tested by compiling with and without the patches, got the same
stripped binary).
Maybe we could create a Kconfig symbol to enforce the second point:
prevent people from enabling it eg on x86. I will look into this"
* tag 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mst/vhost:
virtio-pci: alloc only resources actually used.
macvtap/tun: cross-endian support for little-endian hosts
vhost: cross-endian support for legacy devices
virtio: add explicit big-endian support to memory accessors
vhost: introduce vhost_is_little_endian() helper
vringh: introduce vringh_is_little_endian() helper
macvtap: introduce macvtap_is_little_endian() helper
tun: add tun_is_little_endian() helper
virtio: introduce virtio_is_little_endian() helper
Part of commit 49aa284fe64c4c1 ("cxgb4: Add support for devlog")
change introduced a real bug where the Device Log Sequence Numbers are
no longer being converted from firmware Big-Endian to local CPU-Endian
format.
This patch moves all of the translation into the devlog_show() routine.
The only endianness code now in devlog_open() is the small loop to find the
earliest (lowest Sequence Number) Device Log entry in the circular buffer.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In enic_poll, we clean tx and rx queues, when low latency busy socket polling
is happening, enic_poll will only clean tx queue. After cleaning tx, it should
return total budget for re-poll.
There is a small window between vnic_intr_unmask() and enic_poll_unlock_napi().
In this window if an irq occurs and napi is scheduled on different cpu, it tries
to acquire enic_poll_lock_napi() and fails. Unlock napi_poll before unmasking
the interrupt.
v2:
Do not change tx wonk done behaviour. Consider only rx work done for completing
napi.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch only moves files to their new locations, before applying the
next two patches adding the NTB Abstraction layer. Splitting this patch
from the next is intended make distinct which code is changed only due
to moving the files, versus which are substantial code changes in adding
the NTB Abstraction layer.
Signed-off-by: Allen Hubbe <Allen.Hubbe@emc.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <jdmason@kudzu.us>
Pre qca99X0 chipsets follows the model where dynamically allocate
memory for frag desc on getting new skb for TX. But, this is not
going to be the case in qca99X0. It expects frag desc memory to be
allocated at boot time and let the driver to reuse allocated memory
after every TX completion. So there won't be any dynamic frag memory
memory allocation in qca99X0 during data transmission.
qca99X0 hardware doesn't need fragment desc address to be programmed
in msdu descriptor for every data transaction. It needs to know only
starting address of fragment descriptor at the time of the boot.
During data transmission, qca99X0 hardware can retrieve corresponding
frag addr by adding programmed frag desc base addr + msdu id.
Allocate continuous fragment descriptor memory (same size as number of
descriptor) at the time of target initialization and configure allocated
dma address to the target via HTT_H2T_MSG_TYPE_FRAG_DESC_BANK_CFG.
How this is allocated continuous memory is going to be used is not
covered in this patch. It just allocates memory and hand over to firmware.
If we don't do it at init time, qca99X0 will stall when firmware tries
to do TX.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
10.4 fw supports upto 4 spatial stream. Limit max spatial
stream to 4 for 10.4 firmware and to 3 for non 10.4 firmware.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
10.4 fw supports upto 16 interface in ap mode and 1 interface
in station mode, overall total interfaces supported are 16
interfaces. Populate this limit in wiphy->iface_combinations.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
New htt event table is added for 10.4 firmware. Following new htt
events are available only 10.4. adding this to generic htt event
table,
HTT_T2H_MSG_TYPE_EN_STATS,
HTT_T2H_MSG_TYPE_TX_FETCH_IND,
HTT_T2H_MSG_TYPE_TX_FETCH_CONF,
HTT_T2H_MSG_TYPE_TX_LOW_LATENCY_IND
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Existing non 10.4 firmware scan related events and commands are
matching with 10.4 firmware (except chan info event). Link general
start scan,stop scan, scan channel list configuration functions
to 10.4 wmi function table and add a new handler to parse 10.4
specific chan info event.
10.4 firmware has extra scan completion reason
WMI_SCAN_REASON_INTERNAL_FAILURE and new scan event
WMI_SCAN_EVENT_FOREIGN_CHANNEL_EXIT compared to previous firmware
versions. These things are added in respective enum.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Most of existing vdev and peer related functions (vdev create,
vdev delete, vdev start, peer create, peer delete, peer flush, etc)
are reusable for 10.4 firmware. Link those general vdev and peer
functions to 10.4 wmi function table.
Existing general pktlog enable/disable, dbglog configuration functions
are reusable for 10.4 and add them also in wmi function table.
Also handle few wmi events (sevice rdy, echo, dbg msg, tbtt offset
update, dbg print) in ath10k_wmi_10_4_op_rx(). wow event is not
applicable in 10.4 firmware, have it under not implemented print.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
10.4 firmware swba event payload has space to accommodate upto
512 client traffic indication info & one p2p noa descriptor.
It's is not matching with exiting swba event format defined for
non 10.4 firmware. Non 10.4 firmware swba event format is designed
to support only upto only 128 client and four p2p notice of absence
descriptor.
following changes are done in this patch to enable ath10k to handle
10.4 firmware swba event,
- link generic ath10k_wmi_event_host_swba() to handle 10.4 swba
event in 10.4 wmi rx handler.
- add 10.4 specific swba event structure wmi_10_4_host_swba_event.
- new function ath10k_wmi_10_4_op_pull_swba_ev() to parse
10.4 swba event.
- increase tim_bitmap[] size in ath10k_vif to 64 to hold 512 station
power save state.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Due to 512 client support in 10.4 firmware, size of tim ie is going
to be slightly higher than non 10.4 firmware. So, size of tim_bitmap
what is carried in swba event from 10.4 firmware is bit higher.
The only bottle neck to reuse existing swba handler
ath10k_wmi_event_host_swba() for 10.4 is that code designed to deal
with fixed size tim bitmap(ie, tim_info[].tim_bitmap in wmi_swba_ev_arg).
This patch removes such size limitation and makes it more suitable
to handle swba event which has different size tim bitmap.
All existing swba event parsing functions are changed to adapt this
change. Actual support to handle 10.4 swba event is added in next patch.
Only preparation is made in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Merge third patchbomb from Andrew Morton:
- the rest of MM
- scripts/gdb updates
- ipc/ updates
- lib/ updates
- MAINTAINERS updates
- various other misc things
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (67 commits)
genalloc: rename of_get_named_gen_pool() to of_gen_pool_get()
genalloc: rename dev_get_gen_pool() to gen_pool_get()
x86: opt into HAVE_COPY_THREAD_TLS, for both 32-bit and 64-bit
MAINTAINERS: add zpool
MAINTAINERS: BCACHE: Kent Overstreet has changed email address
MAINTAINERS: move Jens Osterkamp to CREDITS
MAINTAINERS: remove unused nbd.h pattern
MAINTAINERS: update brcm gpio filename pattern
MAINTAINERS: update brcm dts pattern
MAINTAINERS: update sound soc intel patterns
MAINTAINERS: remove website for paride
MAINTAINERS: update Emulex ocrdma email addresses
bcache: use kvfree() in various places
libcxgbi: use kvfree() in cxgbi_free_big_mem()
target: use kvfree() in session alloc and free
IB/ehca: use kvfree() in ipz_queue_{cd}tor()
drm/nouveau/gem: use kvfree() in u_free()
drm: use kvfree() in drm_free_large()
cxgb4: use kvfree() in t4_free_mem()
cxgb3: use kvfree() in cxgb_free_mem()
...
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) mlx4 driver bug fixes (TX queue wakeups, csum complete indications)
from Ido Shamay, Eran Ben Elisha, and Or Gerlitz.
2) Missing unlock in error path of PTP support in renesas driver, from
Dan Carpenter.
3) Add Vitesse 8641 phy IDs to vitesse PHY driver, from Shaohui Xie.
4) Bnx2x driver bug fixes (linearization of encap packets, scratchpad
parity error notifications, flow-control and speed settings) from
Yuval Mintz, Manish Chopra, Shahed Shaikh, and Ariel Elior.
5) ipv6 extension header parsing in the igb chip has a HW errata,
disable it. Frm Todd Fujinaka.
6) Fix PCI link state locking issue in e1000e driver, from Yanir
Lubetkin.
7) Cure panics during MTU change in i40e, from Mitch Williams.
8) Don't leak promisc refs in DSA slave driver, from Gilad Ben-Yossef.
9) Add missing HAS_DMA dep to VIA Rhine driver, from Geery
Uytterhoeven.
10) Make sure DMA map/unmap calls are symmetric in bnx2x driver, from
Michal Schmidt.
11) Workaround for MDIO access problems in bcm7xxx devices, from FLorian
Fainelli.
12) Fix races in SCTP protocol between OTTB responses and route
removals, from Alexander Sverdlin.
13) Fix jumbo frame checksum issue with some mvneta devices, from Simon
Guinot.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (58 commits)
sock_diag: don't broadcast kernel sockets
net: mvneta: disable IP checksum with jumbo frames for Armada 370
ARM: mvebu: update Ethernet compatible string for Armada XP
net: mvneta: introduce compatible string "marvell, armada-xp-neta"
api: fix compatibility of linux/in.h with netinet/in.h
net: icplus: fix typo in constant name
sis900: Trivial: Fix typos in enums
stmmac: Trivial: fix typo in constant name
sctp: Fix race between OOTB responce and route removal
net-Liquidio: Delete unnecessary checks before the function call "vfree"
vmxnet3: Bump up driver version number
amd-xgbe: Add the __GFP_NOWARN flag to Rx buffer allocation
net: phy: mdio-bcm-unimac: workaround initial read failures for integrated PHYs
net: bcmgenet: workaround initial read failures for integrated PHYs
net: phy: bcm7xxx: workaround MDIO management controller initial read
bnx2x: fix DMA API usage
net: via: VIA_RHINE and VIA_VELOCITY should depend on HAS_DMA
net/phy: tune get_phy_c45_ids to support more c45 phy
bnx2x: fix lockdep splat
net: fec: don't access RACC register when not available
...
- Add "make xenconfig" to assist in generating configs for Xen guests.
- Preparatory cleanups necessary for supporting 64 KiB pages in ARM
guests.
- Automatically use hvc0 as the default console in ARM guests.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVkpoqAAoJEFxbo/MsZsTRu3IH/2AMPx2i65hoSqfHtGf3sz/z
XNfcidVmOElFVXGaW83m0tBWMemT5LpOGRfiq5sIo8xt/8xD2vozEkl/3kkf3RrX
EmZDw3E8vmstBdBTjWdovVhNenRc0m0pB5daS7wUdo9cETq1ag1L3BHTB3fEBApO
74V6qAfnhnq+snqWhRD3XAk3LKI0nWuWaV+5HsmxDtnunGhuRLGVs7mwxZGg56sM
mILA0eApGPdwyVVpuDe0SwV52V8E/iuVOWTcomGEN2+cRWffG5+QpHxQA8bOtF6O
KfqldiNXOY/idM+5+oSm9hespmdWbyzsFqmTYz0LvQvxE8eEZtHHB3gIcHkE8QU=
=danz
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus-4.2-rc0-tag' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/xen/tip
Pull xen updates from David Vrabel:
"Xen features and cleanups for 4.2-rc0:
- add "make xenconfig" to assist in generating configs for Xen guests
- preparatory cleanups necessary for supporting 64 KiB pages in ARM
guests
- automatically use hvc0 as the default console in ARM guests"
* tag 'for-linus-4.2-rc0-tag' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/xen/tip:
block/xen-blkback: s/nr_pages/nr_segs/
block/xen-blkfront: Remove invalid comment
block/xen-blkfront: Remove unused macro MAXIMUM_OUTSTANDING_BLOCK_REQS
arm/xen: Drop duplicate define mfn_to_virt
xen/grant-table: Remove unused macro SPP
xen/xenbus: client: Fix call of virt_to_mfn in xenbus_grant_ring
xen: Include xen/page.h rather than asm/xen/page.h
kconfig: add xenconfig defconfig helper
kconfig: clarify kvmconfig is for kvm
xen/pcifront: Remove usage of struct timeval
xen/tmem: use BUILD_BUG_ON() in favor of BUG_ON()
hvc_xen: avoid uninitialized variable warning
xenbus: avoid uninitialized variable warning
xen/arm: allow console=hvc0 to be omitted for guests
arm,arm64/xen: move Xen initialization earlier
arm/xen: Correctly check if the event channel interrupt is present
Main excitement here is Peter Zijlstra's lockless rbtree optimization to
speed module address lookup. He found some abusers of the module lock
doing that too.
A little bit of parameter work here too; including Dan Streetman's breaking
up the big param mutex so writing a parameter can load another module (yeah,
really). Unfortunately that broke the usual suspects, !CONFIG_MODULES and
!CONFIG_SYSFS, so those fixes were appended too.
Cheers,
Rusty.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=tWPQ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'modules-next-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux
Pull module updates from Rusty Russell:
"Main excitement here is Peter Zijlstra's lockless rbtree optimization
to speed module address lookup. He found some abusers of the module
lock doing that too.
A little bit of parameter work here too; including Dan Streetman's
breaking up the big param mutex so writing a parameter can load
another module (yeah, really). Unfortunately that broke the usual
suspects, !CONFIG_MODULES and !CONFIG_SYSFS, so those fixes were
appended too"
* tag 'modules-next-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rusty/linux: (26 commits)
modules: only use mod->param_lock if CONFIG_MODULES
param: fix module param locks when !CONFIG_SYSFS.
rcu: merge fix for Convert ACCESS_ONCE() to READ_ONCE() and WRITE_ONCE()
module: add per-module param_lock
module: make perm const
params: suppress unused variable error, warn once just in case code changes.
modules: clarify CONFIG_MODULE_COMPRESS help, suggest 'N'.
kernel/module.c: avoid ifdefs for sig_enforce declaration
kernel/workqueue.c: remove ifdefs over wq_power_efficient
kernel/params.c: export param_ops_bool_enable_only
kernel/params.c: generalize bool_enable_only
kernel/module.c: use generic module param operaters for sig_enforce
kernel/params: constify struct kernel_param_ops uses
sysfs: tightened sysfs permission checks
module: Rework module_addr_{min,max}
module: Use __module_address() for module_address_lookup()
module: Make the mod_tree stuff conditional on PERF_EVENTS || TRACING
module: Optimize __module_address() using a latched RB-tree
rbtree: Implement generic latch_tree
seqlock: Introduce raw_read_seqcount_latch()
...
Use kvfree() instead of open-coding it.
Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Use kvfree() instead of open-coding it.
Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: Santosh Raspatur <santosh@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The Ethernet controller found in the Armada 370, 380 and 385 SoCs don't
support TCP/IP checksumming with frame sizes larger than 1600 bytes.
This patch fixes the issue by disabling the features NETIF_F_IP_CSUM and
NETIF_F_TSO for the Armada 370 and compatibles SoCs when the MTU is set
to a value greater than 1600 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Simon Guinot <simon.guinot@sequanux.org>
Fixes: c5aff18204 ("net: mvneta: driver for Marvell Armada 370/XP network unit")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v3.8+
Acked-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mvneta driver supports the Ethernet IP found in the Armada 370, XP,
380 and 385 SoCs. Since at least one more hardware feature is available
for the Armada XP SoCs then a way to identify them is needed.
This patch introduces a new compatible string "marvell,armada-xp-neta".
Signed-off-by: Simon Guinot <simon.guinot@sequanux.org>
Fixes: c5aff18204 ("net: mvneta: driver for Marvell Armada 370/XP network unit")
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v3.8+
Acked-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
privacy settings might change while AP is running.
Inside wil_cfg80211_change_beacon(), detect change
in privacy settings and handle it by stopping and
re-starting the AP.
Firmware cannot handle on-the-fly privacy settings
change and so AP restart is required.
Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Hamad Kadmany <qca_hkadmany@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In the PRI detector, after the current radar pulse
has been checked agains existing PRI sequences, it
is considered as part of a new potential sequence.
Previously, the condition to accept a new sequence
was to have at least the same number of pulses as
the longest matching sequence. This was wrong,
since it led to duplicates of PRI sequences.
This patch changes the acceptance criteria for new
potential sequences from 'at least' to 'more than'
the longest existing.
Detection performance remains unaffected, while
the number of PRI sequences accounted at runtime
(and with it CPU load) is reduced by up to 50%.
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Reuse existing function ath10k_wmi_op_pull_rdy_ev()
to parse WMI_10_4_READY_EVENTID and handle the same
event in ath10k_wmi_10_4_op_rx().
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
10.4 firmware supports upto 512 clients when qcache feature is enabled.
Make adjustment on default max peer count, active peers, number of tid in
such case to meet qcache requirement. 10.4 fw has extra unit info flag
NUM_UNITS_IS_NUM_ACTIVE_PEERS which is also handled in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
10.4 firmware wmi mgmt rx event format differs from non 10.4
firmware and changing existing wmi mgmt rx event parsing function
ath10k_wmi_op_pull_mgmt_rx_ev() for 10.4 would add more complex.
This patch adds new function to receive any wmi rx event from
10.4 firmware and also introduce new function to parse wmi mgmt
rx event.
In addition, fw main branch service rdy event parsing function
is linked in wmi ops table.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Define 10.4 wmi init command structure and introduce new function
ath10k_wmi_10_4_op_gen_init() to fill default values for each field
which goes as part of wmi init cmd to 10.4 firmware.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Include 10.4 firmware wmi pdev cmd id and prepare wmi vdev map
table wmi_10_4_pdev_param_map and update non 10.4 firmware
pdev cmd map table with newly added vdev cmd id specifically for
10.4 firmware as unsupported.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Include 10.4 firmware wmi vdev cmd id and make up wmi vdev map
table wmi_10_4_vdev_param_map and also update non 10.4 firmware
vdev cmd map table with newly added vdev cmd id specifically for
10.4 firmware as unsupported.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In fact, explicit assigned to ZERO for unsupported wmi commands
are not really needed. Global static variable will have ZERO by
default. However, just for better readability setting all wmi cmds
in non 10.4 firmware wmi mapping table as unsupported for wmi cmd
which are exclusively available only in 10.4 firmware.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
10.4 firmware wmi cmd and event id values are not exactly aligned
with previous firmware versions (main, 10.x, 10.2, etc). Add new
enum to define wmi cmd & event definitions for 10.4 firmware and
prepare wmi_10_4_cmd_map based on 10.4 firmware wmi cmd definitions.
wmi_cmd_map is extended to accommodate new wmi commands which are
exclusively available in 10.4 firmware.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Include new enum to define wmi service bitmap definitions for
10.4 firmware and a function wmi_10_4_svc_map() to remap 10.4
firmware wmi service bitmap definitions to ath10k generic wmi
services.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
qca99X0 chip uses firmware version 10.4. Define a new macro
ATH10K_FW_WMI_OP_VERSION_10_4 for 10.4 firmware and include
in switch cases where ATH10K_FW_WMI_OP_VERSION_* is used
to avoid compilation error.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
BMI parameter value to execute downloaded otp binary
is different for QCA99X0. Have a member in hw_params
to hold hw specific BMI param.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Code swap is a mechanism to use host memory to store
some fw binary code segment. Ath10k host driver allocates
and loads the code swap binary into the host memory and
configures the target with the host allocated memory
information at the address taken from code swap binary.
This patch adds code swap support for firmware binary.
Code swap binary for firmware bin is available in
ATH10K_FW_IE_FW_CODE_SWAP_IMAGE.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
There is more than 1 sec delay in getting response from target
through BMI in QCA99X0. Increase the BMI communication timeout
to 2*HZ to fix BMI failures.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
QCA99X0 uses two new copy engine src desc flags for interrupt
indication. Bit_2 is to mark if host interrupt is disabled after
processing the current desc and bit_3 is to mark if target interrupt
is diabled after the processing of current descriptor.
CE_DESC_FLAGS_META_DATA_MASK and CE_DESC_FLAGS_META_DATA_LSB are based
on the target type.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
QCA99X0 supports only cold reset. Also, made
ath10k_pci_irq_msi_fw_mask() and ath10k_pci_irq_msi_fw_unmask()
non-99X0 specific till we get proper register configuration
to mask/unmask irq/MSI.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Make the helper converting target virtual address space to CE address
space a target type specific to support QCA99X0. Also make this as
function instead of macro.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
QCA99X0 supports upto 12 Copy engines. Host and target
CE configuration table is updated to support new copy engine
pipes. This also fixes the assumption of diagnostic CE by making
CE_7 as the one instead of CE_COUNT - 1.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is to prepare the driver for QCA99X0 chip support.
This commit adds hw_params, hw register table and hw_values
table for QCA99X0 chip. Please note this is only a partial patch adding
support for QCA99X0, so the device id is not yet added to pci device
table.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Add more register address and mask which can be different
for newer chip to hw_reg table.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This is to prepare ath10k to support newer chip set.
Values like CE_COUNT, MSI_ASSIGN_CE_MAX and
RTC_STATE_V_ON can be different for different
chips.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This fixes a typo in the IPG_FRAMETOOLONGERRORS constant.
Signed-off-by: Nik Nyby <nikolas@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The vfree() function performs also input parameter validation.
Thus the test around the call is not needed.
This issue was detected by using the Coccinelle software.
Signed-off-by: Markus Elfring <elfring@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bump up the driver version number to reflect the changes done to
work with vmxnet3 adapter version 2
Signed-off-by: Shreyas N Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When allocating Rx related buffers, alloc_pages is called using an order
number that is decreased until successful. A system under stress can
experience failures during this allocation process resulting in a warning
being issued. This message can be of concern to end users even though the
failure is not fatal. Since the failure is not fatal and can occur
multiple times, the driver should include the __GFP_NOWARN flag to
suppress the warning message from being issued.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All BCM7xxx integrated Gigabit PHYs have an issue in their MDIO
management controller which will make the initial read or write to them
to fail and return 0xffff. This is a real issue as the typical first
thing we do is read from MII_PHYSID1 and MII_PHYSID2 from get_phy_id()
to register a driver for these PHYs.
Coupled with the workaround in drivers/net/phy/bcm7xxx.c, this
workaround for the MDIO bus controller consists in scanning the list of
PHYs to do this initial read workaround for as part of the MDIO bus
reset routine which is invoked prior to mdiobus_scan().
Once we have a proper PHY driver/device registered, all workarounds are
located there (e.g: power management suspend/resume calls).
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All BCM7xxx integrated Gigabit PHYs have an issue in their MDIO
management controller which will make the initial read or write to them
to fail and return 0xffff. This is a real issue as the typical first
thing we do is read from MII_PHYSID1 and MII_PHYSID2 from get_phy_id()
to register a driver for these PHYs.
Coupled with the workaround in drivers/net/phy/bcm7xxx.c, this
workaround for the MDIO bus controller consists in scanning the list of
PHYs to do this initial read workaround for as part of the MDIO bus
reset routine which is invoked prior to mdiobus_scan().
Once we have a proper PHY driver/device registered, all workarounds are
located there (e.g: power management suspend/resume calls).
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The initial MDIO read or write towards the BCM7xxx integrated PHY may
fail, workaround this by inserting a dummy MII_BMSR read to force the
MDIO management controller to see at least one valid transaction and get
out of stuck state out of reset.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With CONFIG_DMA_API_DEBUG=y bnx2x triggers the error "DMA-API: device
driver frees DMA memory with wrong function".
On archs where PAGE_SIZE > SGE_PAGE_SIZE it also triggers "DMA-API:
device driver frees DMA memory with different size".
Fix this by making the mapping and unmapping symmetric:
- Do not map the whole pool page at once. Instead map the
SGE_PAGE_SIZE-sized pieces individually, so they can be unmapped in
the same manner.
- What's mapped using dma_map_page() must be unmapped using
dma_unmap_page().
Tested on ppc64.
Fixes: 4cace675d6 ("bnx2x: Alloc 4k fragment for each rx ring buffer element")
Signed-off-by: Michal Schmidt <mschmidt@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-06-26
This series contains fixes for igb, e1000e and i40evf.
Todd disables IPv6 extension header processing due to a hardware errata
and bumps the driver version.
Yanir provides six fixes for e1000e. First is a fix for a locking issue
where we were not always taking the pci_bus_sem semaphore all the time
when calling pci_disable_link_state_locked(), so fix the code to only call
pci_disable_link_state_locked() when the semaphore has been acquired,
otherwise call pci_disable_link_state(). A previous fix for i219 where
the hardware prevented ULP entry caused EEE in Sx not the be enabled, so
modify the code flow that allows both ULP and EEE in Sx. Fix an issue
when running 10/100 full duplex on i219 where CRC errors were occurring
by increasing the IPG from 8 to 0xC as per the hardware developers.
Fix a data corruption issue found on some platforms by increasing the
minimum gap between the PHY FIFO read and write pointers. Fix i219,
which does not require the K1 workaround for LPT devices.
Mitch provides a i40evf fix for a panic when changing MTU. Down was
requesting queue disables, but then exited immediately without waiting
for the queues to actually be disabled. This could allow any function
called after i40evf_down() to run immediately, including i40evf_up(),
and causes a memory leak. Fixed the issue by removing the whole
reinit_locked function which allows for the driver to handle the state
changes by requesting reset from the periodic timer. The second fix
resolves an issue where RSS was being configured as though it is using
the maximum number of queue. This can cause the device to drop a lot
of receive traffic, as the packets get assigned to non-functional queues.
This is resolved by only configuring RSS with the number of active queues.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As some C45 10G PHYs(e.g. Cortina CS4315/CS4340 PHY) have
zero Devices In package, current driver can't get correct
devices_in_package value by non-zero Devices In package.
so let's probe more with zero Devices In package to support
more C45 PHYs.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@freescale.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not all silicon implementations of the Freescale FEC hardware module
have the RACC (Receive Accelerator Function) register, so we should not
be trying to access it on those that don't. Currently none of the ColdFire
based parts with a FEC have it.
Support for RACC was introduced by commit 4c09eed9 ("net: fec: Enable imx6
enet checksum acceleration"). A fix was introduced in commit d1391930
("net: fec: Fix build for MCF5272") that disables its use on the ColdFire
M5272 part, but it doesn't fix the general case of other ColdFire parts.
To fix we create a quirk flag, FEC_QUIRK_HAS_RACC, and check it before
working with the RACC register.
Signed-off-by: Greg Ungerer <gerg@uclinux.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When limiting phy link speed using "max-speed" to 100mbps or less on a
giga bit phy, phy never completes auto negotiation and phy state
machine is held in PHY_AN. Fixing this issue by comparing the giga
bit advertise though phydev->supported doesn't have it but phy has
BMSR_ESTATEN set. So that auto negotiation is restarted as old and
new advertise are different and link comes up fine.
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If CONFIG_ACPI=n:
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_main.c: In function ‘xgene_enet_get_resources’:
drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/xgene_enet_main.c:951: warning: ‘ret’ may be used uninitialized in this function
If the driver is bound to a legacy platform device, ret will contain
arbitrary data. If it is non-zero, it will be returned to the caller as
an error code.
Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function netif_set_real_num_tx_queues() will return -EINVAL if
the second parameter < 1, so call this function with the second
parameter set to 0 is meaningless.
Signed-off-by: Liang Li <liang.z.li@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver will only configure as many queues as there are available
CPUs, up the maximum number of queues. However, it always configures
RSS as though it is using the maximum number of queues. This can cause
the device to drop a lot of RX traffic, as the packets get assigned to
nonfunctional queues.
Fix this by only configuring RSS with the number of active queues.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Down was requesting queue disables, but then exited immediately
without waiting for the queues to actually disable. This could
allow any function called after i40evf_down to run immediately,
including i40evf_up, and causes a memory leak.
Removing the whole reinit_locked function is the best way
to go about this, and allows for the driver to handle the
state changes by requesting reset from the periodic timer.
Also, add a couple WARN_ONs in slow path to help us recognize
if we re-introduce this issue or missed any cases.
Signed-off-by: Mitch Williams <mitch.a.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In SPT hardware does not require this driver workaround.
Removed the conditional that caused K1 workaround execution on SPT.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Due to clocking changes in the Skylake platform, there was i219
data corruption. To work around this, HW team reported the need
to increase the minimum gap between the PHY FIFO read and write pointers.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In SPT/i219, there were CRC errors in speed 10/100 full duplex.
The solution given by the HW team is to increase the IPG from 8 to 0xC
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In i219, there is a hardware bug that prevented ULP entry.
A side effect of the original software fix for this was that EEE in
Sx couldn't be enabled.
This patch implements a modified flow that allows both ULP and EEE in Sx.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On power up, the MAC - PHY interface needs to be set to PCIe, even if
cable is disconnected. In ME systems, the ME handles this on exit from
Sx state. In non-ME, the driver handles it. Added a check for non-ME
system to the driver code that handles that.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
e1000e_disable_aspm called pci_disable_link_state_locked which requires
pci_bus_sem to be held, but is also called from places where this semaphore
was not previously acquired. This patch implements two flavors of
disable_aspm, one that acquires the lock, and the other (_locked) which
should be called when the semaphore is already acquired.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Bump version of igb to igb-5.2.18
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Disable IPv6 extension header processing as per hardware errata.
Also fix copyright date.
Signed-off-by: Todd Fujinaka <todd.fujinaka@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Sometimes when setting an igtk key the station maybe NULL.
In the of case igtk the function will skip to the end, and
try to print sta->addr, if sta is Null - we will access a
Null pointer.
Avoid accessing a Null pointer when setting a igtk key &
the sta == NULL, and print a default MAC address instead.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
When BT is active, we want to avoid the shared antenna for
management frame to make sure we don't disturb BT. There
was a bug in that code because it chose the antenna
BIT(ANT_A) where ANT_A is already a bitmap (0x1). This
means that the antenna chosen in the end was ANT_B.
While this is not optimal on devices with 2 antennas (it'd
disturb BT), it is critical on single antenna devices like
3160 which couldn't connect at all when BT was active.
This fixes:
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=97181
CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> [3.17+]
Fixes: 34c8b24ff2 ("iwlwifi: mvm: BT Coex - avoid the shared antenna for management frames")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This allows to ensure that we don't have races between them.
A user reported that stop_device was called twice upon
rfkill interrupt after suspend. When the interrupts are
enabled, and right after when we directly check the rfkill
state.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The new locking in PCIe transport requires to start_hw
before start_fw. This uncovered a bug in dvm which failed
to do so.
Fix that.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This firmware is not supported anymore - stop loading this firmware.
Remove code handling older versions.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
There's no need to forward RX MPDUs to notification wait tests, nor
do we need to check them for firmware dump triggers, nor could they
be asynchronous. It's thus more efficient to handle them separately,
before going into the regular RX handlers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
In scenarios where we haven't converged yet to a specific modulation
and rate it could be better to report to userspace the last tx rate
based on the STA capabilities and RSSI. This is important as sometimes
userspace displays the last tx rate as the link speed.
This avoids being presented with low legacy rates when rs just begins
its search or after an idle period in which it resets itself.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
printk logbuf keeps various metadata and optional key=value dictionary for
structured messages, both of which are stripped when messages are handed
to regular console drivers.
It can be useful to have this metadata and dictionary available to
netconsole consumers. This obviously makes logging via netconsole more
complete and the sequence number in particular is useful in environments
where messages may be lost or reordered in transit - e.g. when netconsole
is used to collect messages in a large cluster where packets may have to
travel congested hops to reach the aggregator. The lost and reordered
messages can easily be identified and handled accordingly using the
sequence numbers.
printk recently added extended console support which can be selected by
setting CON_EXTENDED flag. From console driver side, not much changes.
The only difference is that the text passed to the write callback is
formatted the same way as /dev/kmsg.
This patch implements extended console support for netconsole which can be
enabled by either prepending "+" to a netconsole boot param entry or
echoing 1 to "extended" file in configfs. When enabled, netconsole
transmits extended log messages with headers identical to /dev/kmsg
output.
There's one complication due to message fragments. netconsole limits the
maximum message size to 1k and messages longer than that are split into
multiple fragments. As all extended console messages should carry
matching headers and be uniquely identifiable, each extended message
fragment carries full copy of the metadata and an extra header field to
identify the specific fragment. The optional header is of the form
"ncfrag=OFF/LEN" where OFF is the byte offset into the message body and
LEN is the total length.
To avoid unnecessarily making printk format extended messages, Extended
netconsole is registered with printk when the first extended netconsole is
configured.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Kay Sievers <kay@vrfy.org>
Cc: Petr Mladek <pmladek@suse.cz>
Cc: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Currently, each dynamic netconsole_target uses its own separate mutex to
synchronize the configuration operations.
This patch replaces the per-netconsole_target mutexes with a single
mutex - dynamic_netconsole_mutex. The reduced granularity doesn't hurt
anything, the code is minutely simpler and this'd allow adding
operations which should be synchronized across all dynamic netconsoles.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Kay Sievers <kay@vrfy.org>
Cc: Petr Mladek <pmladek@suse.cz>
Cc: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
netconsole uses both bool and int for boolean values. Let's convert
nt->enabled to bool for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Kay Sievers <kay@vrfy.org>
Cc: Petr Mladek <pmladek@suse.cz>
Cc: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
write_msg() grabs target_list_lock and walks target_list invoking
netpool_send_udp() on each target. Curiously, it protects each iteration
with netconsole_target_get/put() even though it never releases
target_list_lock which protects all the members.
While this doesn't harm anything, it doesn't serve any purpose either.
The items on the list can't go away while target_list_lock is held.
Remove the unnecessary get/put pair.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Kay Sievers <kay@vrfy.org>
Cc: Petr Mladek <pmladek@suse.cz>
Cc: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Due to FW constraints, driver must make sure that transmitted SKBs will
not be too fragmented, or in the case that they are - that each 'window'
of fragments passed to the FW would contain at least an mss worth of data.
For encapsultaed packets the calculation is wrong, since it ignores the
inner headers in the calculation of the headers' length.
This could lead to a FW assertion in case of a too-fragmented encapsulated
packet.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
During an error flow when trying to access the nvram the driver doesn't
release the hw lock it acquired.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since driver statistics flow access MACs and those might reset during
link re-configurations, when we're about to change link properties we
have to make sure that statistics are not operational.
Statisics would be re-enabled [i.e., gathering of statistics would
re-commence] once physical link is achieved again.
Since driver employs a link-flap avoidance scheme, there are scenarios
where driver will receive no indication that the new link is up, and
as a result the statistics would not be re-enabled.
Preventing LFA from working in such cases would guarantee that we'll
always receive such indications and thus will fix statistics gathering.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
20g-capable devices are not configured properly for self-test, using
10g as their speed which cause the link indication to remain down and
fail the internal loopback test.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's a bug in today's driver where VF requests to add/remove MAC filters
always reach the Hypervisor as add requests.
This prevents the VF from changing its MAC address, as it cannot remove the
previously configured MAC and runs out of MAC credits.
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <Shahed.Shaikh@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The scratchpad is a shared block between all functions of a given device.
Due to HW limitations, we can't properly close its parity notifications
to all functions on legal flows.
E.g., it's possible that while taking a register dump from one function
a parity error would be triggered on other functions.
Today driver doesn't consider this parity as a 'real' parity unless its
being accompanied by additional indications [which would happen in a real
parity scenario]; But it does print notifications for such events in the
system logs.
This eliminates such prints - in case of real parities driver would have
additional indications; But if this is the only signal user will not even
see a parity being logged in the system.
Signed-off-by: Manish Chopra <Manish.Chopra@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each time a flow finishes reads from the classification shadow
configuration in the driver, that flow would check for pending commands
and pass them to FW if possible.
In case there's already a completion pending command, I.e., a ramrod
that has been sent to the FW and is yet to be completed while said flow
tries to configure the pending command we would get a false error message
in logs [and panic if SOE was used for driver compilation] since the
command could not have been completed.
This prevents said print [and panic]; The pending command will be sent by
the time the completion of the current sent command would arrive.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ethtool shows KR supported/advertised speeds incorrectly as baseT
in cases the board is in fact KR-base.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <Yaniv.Rosner@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes several issues relating to asymmetric configuration:
1. When user requests to disable TX, the local-device needs to
advertise both PAUSE and ASM_DIR, but to avoid transmitting pause
frames. In the 578xx, it would ignore the TX disable.
2. When user advertises RX-only, ASM_DIR was advertised instead of
PAUSE/ASM_DIR.
3. When changing mode, the advertised PAUSE/ASM_DIR was not cleared
before setting new one, so disabling RX or TX had no impact on the
'advertised' as appeared in the 'ethtool -a' output.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Rosner <Yaniv.Rosner@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We use spinlock to access a single flag. We can avoid spin_locks by using
atomic variable and atomic_cmpxchg(). Use atomic_cmpxchg to set the flag
for idle to poll. And a simple atomic_set to unlock (set idle from poll).
In napi poll, if gro is enabled, we call napi_gro_receive() to deliver the
packets. Before we call napi_complete(), i.e while re-polling, if low
latency busy poll is called, we use netif_receive_skb() to deliver the packets.
At this point if there are some skb's held in GRO, busy poll could deliver the
packets out of order. So we call napi_gro_flush() to flush skbs before we
move the napi poll to idle.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Vitesse VSC8641 is compatible with Vitesse 82xx
Signed-off-by: Shaohui Xie <Shaohui.Xie@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CONFIG_GIANFAR is not depended on FSL_SOC, it
can be built on non-PPC platforms.
Signed-off-by: Alison Wang <alison.wang@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There was a missing assignment so the "if (ret)" on the next line is
never true.
Fixes: f21fb3ed36 ('Add support of Cavium Liquidio ethernet adapters')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to unlock before returning here.
Fixes: a0d2f20650 ('Renesas Ethernet AVB PTP clock driver')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When in HA mode, the driver exposes an IB (RoCE) device instance with only
one port. Under SRIOV, the existing implementation doesn't go well with
the PF RoCE driver's role of Special QPs Para-Virtualization, etc.
As such, disable HA for the mlx4 PF RoCE device in SRIOV mode.
Fixes: a575009030 ('IB/mlx4: Add port aggregation support')
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The check_csum() function relied on hwtstamp_rx_filter to know if rxvlan
offload is disabled. This is wrong since rxvlan offload can be switched
on/off regardless of hwtstamp_rx_filter.
Also moved check_csum to query CQE information to identify VLAN packets
and removed the check of IP packets, since it has been validated before.
Fixes: f8c6455bb0 ('net/mlx4_en: Extend checksum offloading by CHECKSUM COMPLETE')
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Indication of a single completed packet, marked by txbbs_skipped
being bigger then zero, in not enough in order to wake up a
stopped TX queue. The completed packet may contain a single TXBB,
while next packet to be sent (after the wake up) may have multiple
TXBBs (LSO/TSO packets for example), causing overflow in queue followed
by WQE corruption and TX queue timeout.
Instead, wake the stopped queue only when there's enough room for the
worst case (maximum sized WQE) packet that we should need to handle after
the queue is opened again.
Also created an helper routine - mlx4_en_is_tx_ring_full, which checks
if the current TX ring is full or not. It provides better code readability
and removes code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TX ring QP wasn't released at mlx4_en_destroy_tx_ring. Instead, the code
used the deprecated base_tx_qpn field. Move TX QP release to
mlx4_en_destroy_tx_ring and remove the base_tx_qpn field.
Fixes: ddae0349fd ('net/mlx4: Change QP allocation scheme')
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Add TX fast path in mac80211, from Johannes Berg.
2) Add TSO/GRO support to ibmveth, from Thomas Falcon
3) Move away from cached routes in ipv6, just like ipv4, from Martin
KaFai Lau.
4) Lots of new rhashtable tests, from Thomas Graf.
5) Run ingress qdisc lockless, from Alexei Starovoitov.
6) Allow servers to fetch TCP packet headers for SYN packets of new
connections, for fingerprinting. From Eric Dumazet.
7) Add mode parameter to pktgen, for testing receive. From Alexei
Starovoitov.
8) Cache access optimizations via simplifications of build_skb(), from
Alexander Duyck.
9) Move page frag allocator under mm/, also from Alexander.
10) Add xmit_more support to hv_netvsc, from KY Srinivasan.
11) Add a counter guard in case we try to perform endless reclassify
loops in the packet scheduler.
12) Extern flow dissector to be programmable and use it in new "Flower"
classifier. From Jiri Pirko.
13) AF_PACKET fanout rollover fixes, performance improvements, and new
statistics. From Willem de Bruijn.
14) Add netdev driver for GENEVE tunnels, from John W Linville.
15) Add ingress netfilter hooks and filtering, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
16) Fix handling of epoll edge triggers in TCP, from Eric Dumazet.
17) Add an ECN retry fallback for the initial TCP handshake, from Daniel
Borkmann.
18) Add tail call support to BPF, from Alexei Starovoitov.
19) Add several pktgen helper scripts, from Jesper Dangaard Brouer.
20) Add zerocopy support to AF_UNIX, from Hannes Frederic Sowa.
21) Favor even port numbers for allocation to connect() requests, and
odd port numbers for bind(0), in an effort to help avoid
ip_local_port_range exhaustion. From Eric Dumazet.
22) Add Cavium ThunderX driver, from Sunil Goutham.
23) Allow bpf programs to access skb_iif and dev->ifindex SKB metadata,
from Alexei Starovoitov.
24) Add support for T6 chips in cxgb4vf driver, from Hariprasad Shenai.
25) Double TCP Small Queues default to 256K to accomodate situations
like the XEN driver and wireless aggregation. From Wei Liu.
26) Add more entropy inputs to flow dissector, from Tom Herbert.
27) Add CDG congestion control algorithm to TCP, from Kenneth Klette
Jonassen.
28) Convert ipset over to RCU locking, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.
29) Track and act upon link status of ipv4 route nexthops, from Andy
Gospodarek.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1670 commits)
bridge: vlan: flush the dynamically learned entries on port vlan delete
bridge: multicast: add a comment to br_port_state_selection about blocking state
net: inet_diag: export IPV6_V6ONLY sockopt
stmmac: troubleshoot unexpected bits in des0 & des1
net: ipv4 sysctl option to ignore routes when nexthop link is down
net: track link-status of ipv4 nexthops
net: switchdev: ignore unsupported bridge flags
net: Cavium: Fix MAC address setting in shutdown state
drivers: net: xgene: fix for ACPI support without ACPI
ip: report the original address of ICMP messages
net/mlx5e: Prefetch skb data on RX
net/mlx5e: Pop cq outside mlx5e_get_cqe
net/mlx5e: Remove mlx5e_cq.sqrq back-pointer
net/mlx5e: Remove extra spaces
net/mlx5e: Avoid TX CQE generation if more xmit packets expected
net/mlx5e: Avoid redundant dev_kfree_skb() upon NOP completion
net/mlx5e: Remove re-assignment of wq type in mlx5e_enable_rq()
net/mlx5e: Use skb_shinfo(skb)->gso_segs rather than counting them
net/mlx5e: Static mapping of netdev priv resources to/from netdev TX queues
net/mlx4_en: Use HW counters for rx/tx bytes/packets in PF device
...
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx4/main.c
net/packet/af_packet.c
Both conflicts were cases of simple overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current implementation of descriptor init procedure only takes
care about setting/clearing ownership flag in "des0"/"des1"
fields while it is perfectly possible to get unexpected bits
set because of the following factors:
[1] On driver probe underlying memory allocated with
dma_alloc_coherent() might not be zeroed and so
it will be filled with garbage.
[2] During driver operation some bits could be set by SD/MMC
controller (for example error flags etc).
And unexpected and/or randomly set flags in "des0"/"des1"
fields may lead to unpredictable behavior of GMAC DMA block.
This change addresses both items above with:
[1] Use of dma_zalloc_coherent() instead of simple
dma_alloc_coherent() to make sure allocated memory is
zeroed. That shouldn't affect performance because
this allocation only happens once on driver probe.
[2] Do explicit zeroing of both "des0" and "des1" fields
of all buffer descriptors during initialization of
DMA transfer.
And while at it fixed identation of dma_free_coherent()
counterpart as well.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: arc-linux-dev@synopsys.com
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This bug pops up with NetworkManager on Fedora 21. NetworkManager tends to
stop the interface (nicvf_stop() is called) before changing settings. In
stopped state MAC cannot be sent to a PF. However, when the interface is
restarted (nicvf_open() is called), we ping the PF using NIC_MBOX_MSG_READY
message, and the PF replies back with old MAC address, overriding what we
had after MAC setting from userspace. As a result, we cannot set MAC
address using NetworkManager.
This patch introduces special tracking of MAC change in stopped state so
that the correct new MAC address is sent to a PF when interface is reopen.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Fedin <p.fedin@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prefetch the 1st cache line used by the buffer pointed by
the skb linear data.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Separate between mlx5e_get_cqe() and mlx5_cqwq_pop(), this helps for
better code readability and better CQ buffer management.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use container_of() instead.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Coding Style fix, remove extra spaces.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to save PCI BW consumed by TX CQEs and to reduce the amount of
CPU cache misses caused by TX CQE reading, we request TX CQE generation
only when skb->xmit_more=0.
As a consequence of the above, a single TX CQE may now indicate the
transmission completion of multiple TX SKBs.
This also handles a problem introduced in commit b1b8105ebf41 "net/mlx5e:
Support NETIF_F_SG" where we didn't ask for NOP completions while the
driver didn't have the proper code to handle this case.
Fixes: b1b8105ebf41 ('net/mlx5e: Support NETIF_F_SG')
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NOP completion SKBs are always NULL.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is already assigned at mlx5e_build_rq_param()
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of counting number of gso fragments, we can use
skb_shinfo(skb)->gso_segs.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To save per-packet calculations, we use the following static mappings:
1) priv {channel, tc} to netdev txq (used @mlx5e_selec_queue())
2) netdev txq to priv sq (used @mlx5e_xmit())
Thanks to these static mappings, no more need for a separate implementation
of ndo_start_xmit when multiple TCs are configured.
We believe the performance improvement of such separation would be negligible, if any.
The previous way of dynamically calculating the above mappings required
allocating more TX queues than actually used (@alloc_etherdev_mqs()),
which is now no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Under SRIOV, the port rx/tx bytes/packets statistics should by read
from the HW instead of using the PF netdevice SW accounting. This is
needed in order to get the full port statistics and not just the PF
own ones
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NUM_ALL_STATS was not updated with the new four entries, instead
NUM_FLOW_STATS was updated, fix it. that caused off-by-four for all
counters below pf_*_*.
Fixes: b42de4d012 ('net/mlx4_en: Show PF own statistics via ethtool')
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- A large cleanup of how device capabilities are checked for various
features
- Additional cleanups in the MAD processing
- Update to the srp driver
- Creation and use of centralized log message helpers
- Add const to a number of args to calls and clean up call chain
- Add support for extended cq create verb
- Add support for timestamps on cq completion
- Add support for processing OPA MAD packets
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=yISf
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma
Pull rdma updates from Doug Ledford:
- a large cleanup of how device capabilities are checked for various
features
- additional cleanups in the MAD processing
- update to the srp driver
- creation and use of centralized log message helpers
- add const to a number of args to calls and clean up call chain
- add support for extended cq create verb
- add support for timestamps on cq completion
- add support for processing OPA MAD packets
* tag 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/dledford/rdma: (92 commits)
IB/mad: Add final OPA MAD processing
IB/mad: Add partial Intel OPA MAD support
IB/mad: Add partial Intel OPA MAD support
IB/core: Add OPA MAD core capability flag
IB/mad: Add support for additional MAD info to/from drivers
IB/mad: Convert allocations from kmem_cache to kzalloc
IB/core: Add ability for drivers to report an alternate MAD size.
IB/mad: Support alternate Base Versions when creating MADs
IB/mad: Create a generic helper for DR forwarding checks
IB/mad: Create a generic helper for DR SMP Recv processing
IB/mad: Create a generic helper for DR SMP Send processing
IB/mad: Split IB SMI handling from MAD Recv handler
IB/mad cleanup: Generalize processing of MAD data
IB/mad cleanup: Clean up function params -- find_mad_agent
IB/mlx4: Add support for CQ time-stamping
IB/mlx4: Add mmap call to map the hardware clock
IB/core: Pass hardware specific data in query_device
IB/core: Add timestamp_mask and hca_core_clock to query_device
IB/core: Extend ib_uverbs_create_cq
IB/core: Add CQ creation time-stamping flag
...
- ACPICA update to upstream revision 20150515 including basic
support for ACPI 6 features: new ACPI tables introduced by
ACPI 6 (STAO, XENV, WPBT, NFIT, IORT), changes related to the
other tables (DTRM, FADT, LPIT, MADT), new predefined names
(_BTH, _CR3, _DSD, _LPI, _MTL, _PRR, _RDI, _RST, _TFP, _TSN),
fixes and cleanups (Bob Moore, Lv Zheng).
- ACPI device power management core code update to follow ACPI 6
which reflects the ACPI device power management implementation
in Windows (Rafael J Wysocki).
- Rework of the backlight interface selection logic to reduce the
number of kernel command line options and improve the handling
of DMI quirks that may be involved in that and to make the
code generally more straightforward (Hans de Goede).
- Fixes for the ACPI Embedded Controller (EC) driver related to
the handling of EC transactions (Lv Zheng).
- Fix for a regression related to the ACPI resources management
and resulting from a recent change of ACPI initialization code
ordering (Rafael J Wysocki).
- Fix for a system initialization regression related to ACPI
introduced during the 3.14 cycle and caused by running the
code that switches the platform over to the ACPI mode too
early in the initialization sequence (Rafael J Wysocki).
- Support for the ACPI _CCA device configuration object related
to DMA cache coherence (Suravee Suthikulpanit).
- ACPI/APEI fixes and cleanups (Jiri Kosina, Borislav Petkov).
- ACPI battery driver cleanups (Luis Henriques, Mathias Krause).
- ACPI processor driver cleanups (Hanjun Guo).
- Cleanups and documentation update related to the ACPI device
properties interface based on _DSD (Rafael J Wysocki).
- ACPI device power management fixes (Rafael J Wysocki).
- Assorted cleanups related to ACPI (Dominik Brodowski. Fabian
Frederick, Lorenzo Pieralisi, Mathias Krause, Rafael J Wysocki).
- Fix for a long-standing issue causing General Protection Faults
to be generated occasionally on return to user space after resume
from ACPI-based suspend-to-RAM on 32-bit x86 (Ingo Molnar).
- Fix to make the suspend core code return -EBUSY consistently in
all cases when system suspend is aborted due to wakeup detection
(Ruchi Kandoi).
- Support for automated device wakeup IRQ handling allowing drivers
to make their PM support more starightforward (Tony Lindgren).
- New tracepoints for suspend-to-idle tracing and rework of the
prepare/complete callbacks tracing in the PM core (Todd E Brandt,
Rafael J Wysocki).
- Wakeup sources framework enhancements (Jin Qian).
- New macro for noirq system PM callbacks (Grygorii Strashko).
- Assorted cleanups related to system suspend (Rafael J Wysocki).
- cpuidle core cleanups to make the code more efficient (Rafael J
Wysocki).
- powernv/pseries cpuidle driver update (Shilpasri G Bhat).
- cpufreq core fixes related to CPU online/offline that should
reduce the overhead of these operations quite a bit, unless the
CPU in question is physically going away (Viresh Kumar, Saravana
Kannan).
- Serialization of cpufreq governor callbacks to avoid race
conditions in some cases (Viresh Kumar).
- intel_pstate driver fixes and cleanups (Doug Smythies, Prarit
Bhargava, Joe Konno).
- cpufreq driver (arm_big_little, cpufreq-dt, qoriq) updates (Sudeep
Holla, Felipe Balbi, Tang Yuantian).
- Assorted cleanups in cpufreq drivers and core (Shailendra Verma,
Fabian Frederick, Wang Long).
- New Device Tree bindings for representing Operating Performance
Points (Viresh Kumar).
- Updates for the common clock operations support code in the PM
core (Rajendra Nayak, Geert Uytterhoeven).
- PM domains core code update (Geert Uytterhoeven).
- Intel Knights Landing support for the RAPL (Running Average Power
Limit) power capping driver (Dasaratharaman Chandramouli).
- Fixes related to the floor frequency setting on Atom SoCs in the
RAPL power capping driver (Ajay Thomas).
- Runtime PM framework documentation update (Ben Dooks).
- cpupower tool fix (Herton R Krzesinski).
/
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.22 (GNU/Linux)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=7jTj
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'pm+acpi-4.2-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm
Pull power management and ACPI updates from Rafael Wysocki:
"The rework of backlight interface selection API from Hans de Goede
stands out from the number of commits and the number of affected
places perspective. The cpufreq core fixes from Viresh Kumar are
quite significant too as far as the number of commits goes and because
they should reduce CPU online/offline overhead quite a bit in the
majority of cases.
From the new featues point of view, the ACPICA update (to upstream
revision 20150515) adding support for new ACPI 6 material to ACPICA is
the one that matters the most as some new significant features will be
based on it going forward. Also included is an update of the ACPI
device power management core to follow ACPI 6 (which in turn reflects
the Windows' device PM implementation), a PM core extension to support
wakeup interrupts in a more generic way and support for the ACPI _CCA
device configuration object.
The rest is mostly fixes and cleanups all over and some documentation
updates, including new DT bindings for Operating Performance Points.
There is one fix for a regression introduced in the 4.1 cycle, but it
adds quite a number of lines of code, it wasn't really ready before
Thursday and you were on vacation, so I refrained from pushing it on
the last minute for 4.1.
Specifics:
- ACPICA update to upstream revision 20150515 including basic support
for ACPI 6 features: new ACPI tables introduced by ACPI 6 (STAO,
XENV, WPBT, NFIT, IORT), changes related to the other tables (DTRM,
FADT, LPIT, MADT), new predefined names (_BTH, _CR3, _DSD, _LPI,
_MTL, _PRR, _RDI, _RST, _TFP, _TSN), fixes and cleanups (Bob Moore,
Lv Zheng).
- ACPI device power management core code update to follow ACPI 6
which reflects the ACPI device power management implementation in
Windows (Rafael J Wysocki).
- rework of the backlight interface selection logic to reduce the
number of kernel command line options and improve the handling of
DMI quirks that may be involved in that and to make the code
generally more straightforward (Hans de Goede).
- fixes for the ACPI Embedded Controller (EC) driver related to the
handling of EC transactions (Lv Zheng).
- fix for a regression related to the ACPI resources management and
resulting from a recent change of ACPI initialization code ordering
(Rafael J Wysocki).
- fix for a system initialization regression related to ACPI
introduced during the 3.14 cycle and caused by running the code
that switches the platform over to the ACPI mode too early in the
initialization sequence (Rafael J Wysocki).
- support for the ACPI _CCA device configuration object related to
DMA cache coherence (Suravee Suthikulpanit).
- ACPI/APEI fixes and cleanups (Jiri Kosina, Borislav Petkov).
- ACPI battery driver cleanups (Luis Henriques, Mathias Krause).
- ACPI processor driver cleanups (Hanjun Guo).
- cleanups and documentation update related to the ACPI device
properties interface based on _DSD (Rafael J Wysocki).
- ACPI device power management fixes (Rafael J Wysocki).
- assorted cleanups related to ACPI (Dominik Brodowski, Fabian
Frederick, Lorenzo Pieralisi, Mathias Krause, Rafael J Wysocki).
- fix for a long-standing issue causing General Protection Faults to
be generated occasionally on return to user space after resume from
ACPI-based suspend-to-RAM on 32-bit x86 (Ingo Molnar).
- fix to make the suspend core code return -EBUSY consistently in all
cases when system suspend is aborted due to wakeup detection (Ruchi
Kandoi).
- support for automated device wakeup IRQ handling allowing drivers
to make their PM support more starightforward (Tony Lindgren).
- new tracepoints for suspend-to-idle tracing and rework of the
prepare/complete callbacks tracing in the PM core (Todd E Brandt,
Rafael J Wysocki).
- wakeup sources framework enhancements (Jin Qian).
- new macro for noirq system PM callbacks (Grygorii Strashko).
- assorted cleanups related to system suspend (Rafael J Wysocki).
- cpuidle core cleanups to make the code more efficient (Rafael J
Wysocki).
- powernv/pseries cpuidle driver update (Shilpasri G Bhat).
- cpufreq core fixes related to CPU online/offline that should reduce
the overhead of these operations quite a bit, unless the CPU in
question is physically going away (Viresh Kumar, Saravana Kannan).
- serialization of cpufreq governor callbacks to avoid race
conditions in some cases (Viresh Kumar).
- intel_pstate driver fixes and cleanups (Doug Smythies, Prarit
Bhargava, Joe Konno).
- cpufreq driver (arm_big_little, cpufreq-dt, qoriq) updates (Sudeep
Holla, Felipe Balbi, Tang Yuantian).
- assorted cleanups in cpufreq drivers and core (Shailendra Verma,
Fabian Frederick, Wang Long).
- new Device Tree bindings for representing Operating Performance
Points (Viresh Kumar).
- updates for the common clock operations support code in the PM core
(Rajendra Nayak, Geert Uytterhoeven).
- PM domains core code update (Geert Uytterhoeven).
- Intel Knights Landing support for the RAPL (Running Average Power
Limit) power capping driver (Dasaratharaman Chandramouli).
- fixes related to the floor frequency setting on Atom SoCs in the
RAPL power capping driver (Ajay Thomas).
- runtime PM framework documentation update (Ben Dooks).
- cpupower tool fix (Herton R Krzesinski)"
* tag 'pm+acpi-4.2-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm: (194 commits)
cpuidle: powernv/pseries: Auto-promotion of snooze to deeper idle state
x86: Load __USER_DS into DS/ES after resume
PM / OPP: Add binding for 'opp-suspend'
PM / OPP: Allow multiple OPP tables to be passed via DT
PM / OPP: Add new bindings to address shortcomings of existing bindings
ACPI: Constify ACPI device IDs in documentation
ACPI / enumeration: Document the rules regarding the PRP0001 device ID
ACPI / video: Make acpi_video_unregister_backlight() private
acpi-video-detect: Remove old API
toshiba-acpi: Port to new backlight interface selection API
thinkpad-acpi: Port to new backlight interface selection API
sony-laptop: Port to new backlight interface selection API
samsung-laptop: Port to new backlight interface selection API
msi-wmi: Port to new backlight interface selection API
msi-laptop: Port to new backlight interface selection API
intel-oaktrail: Port to new backlight interface selection API
ideapad-laptop: Port to new backlight interface selection API
fujitsu-laptop: Port to new backlight interface selection API
eeepc-laptop: Port to new backlight interface selection API
dell-wmi: Port to new backlight interface selection API
...
kernel series:
- A big set of cleanups to the aged sysfs interface from
Johan Hovold. To get these in, v4.1-rc3 was merged into
the tree as the first patch in that series had to go
into stable. This makes the locking much more fine-grained
(get rid of the "big GPIO lock(s)" and store states in the
GPIO descriptors.
- Rename gpiod_[g|s]et_array() to gpiod_[g|s]et_array_value()
to avoid confusions.
- New drivers for:
- NXP LPC18xx (currently LPC1850)
- NetLogic XLP
- Broadcom STB SoC's
- Axis ETRAXFS
- Zynq Ultrascale+ (subdriver)
- ACPI:
- Make it possible to retrieve GpioInt resources from
a GPIO device using acpi_dev_gpio_irq_get()
- Merge some dependent I2C changes exploiting this.
- Support the ARM X-Gene GPIO standby driver.
- Make it possible for the generic GPIO driver to read
back the value set registers to reflect current
status.
- Loads of OMAP IRQ handling fixes.
- Incremental improvements to Kona, max732x, OMAP, MXC, RCAR,
PCA953x, STP-XWAY, PCF857x, Crystalcove, TB10x.
- Janitorial (contification, checkpatch cleanups)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=vKYs
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'gpio-v4.2-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linusw/linux-gpio
Pull gpio updates from Linus Walleij:
"This is the big bulk of GPIO changes queued for the v4.2 kernel
series:
- a big set of cleanups to the aged sysfs interface from Johan
Hovold. To get these in, v4.1-rc3 was merged into the tree as the
first patch in that series had to go into stable. This makes the
locking much more fine-grained (get rid of the "big GPIO lock(s)"
and store states in the GPIO descriptors.
- rename gpiod_[g|s]et_array() to gpiod_[g|s]et_array_value() to
avoid confusions.
- New drivers for:
* NXP LPC18xx (currently LPC1850)
* NetLogic XLP
* Broadcom STB SoC's
* Axis ETRAXFS
* Zynq Ultrascale+ (subdriver)
- ACPI:
* make it possible to retrieve GpioInt resources from a GPIO
device using acpi_dev_gpio_irq_get()
* merge some dependent I2C changes exploiting this.
* support the ARM X-Gene GPIO standby driver.
- make it possible for the generic GPIO driver to read back the value
set registers to reflect current status.
- loads of OMAP IRQ handling fixes.
- incremental improvements to Kona, max732x, OMAP, MXC, RCAR,
PCA953x, STP-XWAY, PCF857x, Crystalcove, TB10x.
- janitorial (constification, checkpatch cleanups)"
* tag 'gpio-v4.2-1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/linusw/linux-gpio: (71 commits)
gpio: Fix checkpatch.pl issues
gpio: pcf857x: handle only enabled irqs
gpio / ACPI: Return -EPROBE_DEFER if the gpiochip was not found
GPIO / ACPI: export acpi_gpiochip_request(free)_interrupts for module use
gpio: improve error reporting on own descriptors
gpio: promote own request failure to pr_err()
gpio: Added support to Zynq Ultrascale+ MPSoC
gpio: add ETRAXFS GPIO driver
fix documentation after renaming gpiod_set_array to gpiod_set_array_value
gpio: Add GPIO support for Broadcom STB SoCs
gpio: xgene: add ACPI support for APM X-Gene GPIO standby driver
gpio: tb10x: Drop unneeded free_irq() call
gpio: crystalcove: set IRQCHIP_SKIP_SET_WAKE for the irqchip
gpio: stp-xway: Use the of_property_read_u32 helper
gpio: pcf857x: Check for irq_set_irq_wake() failures
gpio-stp-xway: Fix enabling the highest bit of the PHY LEDs
gpio: Prevent an integer overflow in the pca953x driver
gpio: omap: rework omap_gpio_irq_startup to handle current pin state properly
gpio: omap: rework omap_gpio_request to touch only gpio specific registers
gpio: omap: rework omap_x_irq_shutdown to touch only irqs specific registers
...
This patches fixes the code to check for IS_ERR rather
than NULL for clock interface.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Suman Tripathi <stripathi@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the ACPI support for SGMII0 and XFI1 interface of
2nd H/W version of APM X-Gene SoC ethernet controller.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Suman Tripathi <stripathi@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements the backward compatibility with the old firmware where
the Tx completion IRQ interrupt was absent whereas incase of new firmware
the Tx completion IRQ interrupt is present.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Suman Tripathi <stripathi@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements couple of fixes to support ACPI for RGMII/SGMII0/XFI
interface of APM X-Gene SoC ethernet controller driver. This patch uses
the _SUN acpi object to fetch the port-id information whereas the FDT uses
port-id binding for port-id information.
Signed-off-by: Iyappan Subramanian <isubramanian@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: Suman Tripathi <stripathi@apm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Simple LAN device for debug or management purposes.
Device supports interrupts for RX and TX(completion).
Device does not have DMA ability.
Signed-off-by: Noam Camus <noamc@ezchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Tal Zilcer <talz@ezchip.com>
Acked-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the correct unregister function matching the register
function on the error path.
Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@benyossef.com>
Fixes: c1beeef7a3 ("rocker: implement IPv4 fib offloading")
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Below case causes mii bus probe failed:
ifconfig eth0 down -> suspend/resume with Mega/fax mix off -> ifconfig eth0 up
In i.MX6SX/i.MX7D chip, Mega/fast mix off feature is supported that means most of
SOC power will be off including ENET MAC for power saving. Once ENET MAC power
off, all initialized MAC registers reset to default, so in the case, it must
init MAC prior to mii bus probe.
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One more missing piece of the puzzle. Add vlan dump support to switchdev
port's bridge_getlink. iproute2 "bridge vlan show" cmd already knows how
to show the vlans installed on the bridge and the device , but (until now)
no one implemented the port vlan part of the netlink PF_BRIDGE:RTM_GETLINK
msg. Before this patch, "bridge vlan show":
$ bridge -c vlan show
port vlan ids
sw1p1 30-34 << bridge side vlans
57
sw1p1 << device side vlans (missing)
sw1p2 57
sw1p2
sw1p3
sw1p4
br0 None
(When the port is bridged, the output repeats the vlan list for the vlans
on the bridge side of the port and the vlans on the device side of the
port. The listing above show no vlans for the device side even though they
are installed).
After this patch:
$ bridge -c vlan show
port vlan ids
sw1p1 30-34 << bridge side vlan
57
sw1p1 30-34 << device side vlans
57
3840 PVID
sw1p2 57
sw1p2 57
3840 PVID
sw1p3 3842 PVID
sw1p4 3843 PVID
br0 None
I re-used ndo_dflt_bridge_getlink to add vlan fill call-back func.
switchdev support adds an obj dump for VLAN objects, using the same
call-back scheme as FDB dump. Support included for both compressed and
un-compressed vlan dumps.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use vid_begin/end to be consistent with BRIDGE_VLAN_INFO_RANGE_BEGIN/END.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This howto made sense in the 1990s when users had to manually configure
ISA cards with jumpers or vendor utilities, but with the implementation
of PCI it became increasingly less and less relevant, to the point where
it has been well over a decade since I last updated it. And there is
no value in anyone else taking over updating it either.
However the references to it continue to spread as boiler plate text
from one Kconfig file into the next. We are not doing end users any
favours by pointing them at this old document, so lets kill it with
fire, once and for all, to hopefully stop any further spread.
No code is changed in this commit, just Kconfig help text.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add constants and callback functions for the dwmac on rk3368 socs.
As can be seen, the base structure is the same, only registers and
the bits in them moved slightly.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mac settings like RGMII/RMII, speeds etc are done in the so called
"General Register Files", contain numerous other settings as well and
always seem to change between Rockchip SoCs. Therefore abstract the
register accesses into a per-soc ops struct to make this reusable on
other Rockchip SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The first iteration of the dwmac-rk support did access an intermediate
clock directly below the pll selector. This was removed in a subsequent
revision, but the clock and one invocation remained. This results in
the driver trying to set the rate of a non-existent clock when the soc
and not some external source provides the phy clock for RMII phys.
So set the rate of the correct clock and remove the remaining now
completely unused definition.
Fixes: 436f5ae08f9d ("GMAC: add driver for Rockchip RK3288 SoCs integrated GMAC")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a first version the driver did want to do some gpio wiggling, which
of course never made it into the kernel, but somehow these register
defines where forgotten. Remove them, as they shouldn't be here.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABCgAGBQJVhu14AAoJEP5prqPJtc/HWdEH/1m/HVExvJd8HwoDtsA+6YfC
X4m3oHMYxNvwSM2C6uh8rOxUqm/GWmhIszT7scQBt5YaeIpvGv7QTpTNe1Y6Hy7G
L75SsnVAulj69cL8sCAht1C/LNdYXdo/d/+ddvgRV6INhNXoX0P72iTn0N5C8ly7
kKFc17dq7ZP13tA7GDj2kusvn8RdqtqvZG1pioOqCvl8WSCbc/wxOEM1FecaSEYP
+rB8t0iqvPc6F7Pw7cpXhL1fGa+r+0ml3K2ZNYtw6NPzlgmroArVgoWS0KMW6U9T
G8V6llAOcGKznRQ1FLYthKFivjC3PPMr9buAx5lwo5/stkf4zRUO2lzZiQG/rFo=
=2KH+
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'linux-can-fixes-for-4.1-20150621' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mkl/linux-can
Marc Kleine-Budde says:
====================
Oliver Hartkopp fixed a bug in the generic CAN frame handling code, which may
lead to loss of CAN frames. It was introduced during v4.1 development.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gpg: Signature made Sun 21 Jun 2015 09:59:36 AM PDT using RSA key ID C9B5CFC7
Zero the statistics counters when setting up the global
registers. Otherwise the counters will remain from the last boot if
the power has not been removed.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the contents of the scratch registers to be shown in debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The device map is used to route packets between cascaded switches.
Add dumping a switches device map via debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the contents of the statistics counters to be shown in debugfs.
This is particularly useful for the cpu and dsa ports, which cannot be
seen using ethtools -S.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the code to retrieve a statistics counter into a function of its
own, so it can later be reused.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dump the Address Translation Unit via a file in debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the contents of the registers to be shown in debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the driver understand adapter version 2.
Cc: Rachel Lunnon <rachel_lunnon@stormagic.com>
Signed-off-by: Guolin Yang <gyang@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Shreyas N Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If rcd length was zero, the page used for frag was not being released. It
was being replaced with a newly allocated page. This change takes care
of that memory leak.
Signed-off-by: Guolin Yang <gyang@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Shreyas N Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement a handler for pci shutdown so that the driver has an
opportunity to make sure that device is quiesced before the PCI
switches to legacy IRQs. This way the possibility of
"screaming interrupt" is avoided.
Acked-by: Shrikrishna Khare <skhare@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Shreyas N Bhatewara <sbhatewara@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Macvtap should be compatible with tuntap for
maximum number of queues.
commit 'baf71c5c1f80d82e92924050a60b5baaf97e3094 (tuntap:
Increase the number of queues in tun.)' removes
the limitations and increases number of queues in tuntap.
Now, Its safe to increase number of queues in Macvtap as well.
This patch also modifies 'macvtap_del_queues' function
to avoid extra memory allocation in stack.
Changes from v1->v2 :
Michael S. Tsirkin, Jason Wang :
Better way to use linked list to
avoid use of extra memory in stack.
Sergei Shtylyov : Specify dependent commit's summary.
Signed-off-by: Pankaj Gupta <pagupta@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit edafc132ba ("xen-netback: making the bandwidth limiter runtime settable")
introduced the capability to change the bandwidth rate limit at runtime.
But it also introduced a possible crashing bug.
If netback receives two XenbusStateConnected without getting the
hotplug-status watch firing in between, then it will try to register the
watches for the rate limiter again. But this triggers a BUG() in the watch
registration code.
The fix modifies connect() to remove the possibly existing packet-rate
watches before trying to install those watches. This behaviour is in line
with how connect() deals with the hotplug-status watch.
Signed-off-by: Imre Palik <imrep@amazon.de>
Cc: Matt Wilson <msw@amazon.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-06-18
Here's the final bluetooth-next pull request for 4.2.
- Cleanups & fixes to 802.15.4 code and related drivers
- Fix btusb driver memory leak
- New USB IDs for Atheros controllers
- Support for BCM4324B3 UART based Broadcom controller
- Fix for Bluetooth encryption key size handling
- Broadcom controller initialization fixes
- Support for Intel controller DDC parameters
- Support for multiple Bluetooth LE advertising instances
- Fix for HCI user channel cleanup path
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Actor and Partner details can be accessed via proc-fs, sys-fs
entries or netlink interface. These interfaces are world readable
at this moment. The earlier patch-series made the LACP communication
secure to avoid nuisance attack from within the same L2 domain but
it did not prevent "someone unprivileged" looking at that information
on host and perform the same act.
This patch essentially avoids spitting those entries if the user
in question does not have enough privileges.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Bandewar <maheshb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 898b2970e2 ("mvneta: implement SGMII-based in-band link state
signaling")
changed mvneta_adjust_link() so that it does not clear the auto-negotiation
bits in MVNETA_GMAC_AUTONEG_CONFIG register. This was necessary for
auto-negotiation mode to work.
Unfortunately I haven't checked if these bits are ever initialized.
It appears they are not.
This patch adds the missing initialization of the auto-negotiation bits
in the MVNETA_GMAC_AUTONEG_CONFIG register.
It fixes the following regression:
https://www.mail-archive.com/netdev@vger.kernel.org/msg67928.html
Since the patch was tested to fix a regression, it should be applied to
stable tree.
Tested-by: Arnaud Ebalard <arno@natisbad.org>
CC: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
CC: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stas Sergeev <stsp@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the compatible string for Atmel sama5d2 SoC family as the configuration
options differ from other instances of the GEM.
Signed-off-by: Cyrille Pitchen <cyrille.pitchen@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RTL8211F has different register definitions from RTL8211E.
Specially it needs to enable TXDLY in case of RGMII.
Signed-off-by: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mwifiex:
* enhancements for AP mode: support verbose information in station
dump command and also information about AP link.
* enable power save by default
brcmfmac:
* fix module reload issue for PCIe
* improving msgbuf protocol for PCIe devices
* rework .get_station() cfg80211 callback operation
* determine interface combinations upon device feature support
ath9k:
* ath9k_htc: add support of channel switch
wil6210:
* add modparam for bcast ring size
* support hidden SSID
* add per-MCS Rx stats
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVglpWAAoJEG4XJFUm622bkT0H+QE/T3i44l6SEAxHEgW6Z2JP
MsAVHFV8q2jPCGfg4oCozk3fo2WPdBKwhUy7xzAg/LfxuTn0CtIzl+KuEnhsBBsx
+cNBFgBzIvHaMwfb/vxmuLK7zUROtDgOK7Kt4HF9p/Mn/JH8yTCrRy96hpnVKnuQ
h6HFO8Qx0l0pd6lbosaSPvjM8qBPy3ZfvriEHV3BTV+AXgSPWwnFkY188G2CNK5J
yYK0C2PkEX368m/qpmcbhlYrn3ZiJviiWhFmQZMW8eXe0k/pfBidXt6QGmKA7loT
p09skJk+qQtZjK4p2Hzy/3KOLU7YGFVHzww5gXqrZSxhluyhEdbOVLvKfB5jR68=
=3lke
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2015-06-18' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
Major changes:
mwifiex:
* enhancements for AP mode: support verbose information in station
dump command and also information about AP link.
* enable power save by default
brcmfmac:
* fix module reload issue for PCIe
* improving msgbuf protocol for PCIe devices
* rework .get_station() cfg80211 callback operation
* determine interface combinations upon device feature support
ath9k:
* ath9k_htc: add support of channel switch
wil6210:
* add modparam for bcast ring size
* support hidden SSID
* add per-MCS Rx stats
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a "param_lock" mutex to each module, and update params.c to use
the correct built-in or module mutex while locking kernel params.
Remove the kparam_block_sysfs_r/w() macros, replace them with direct
calls to kernel_param_[un]lock(module).
The kernel param code currently uses a single mutex to protect
modification of any and all kernel params. While this generally works,
there is one specific problem with it; a module callback function
cannot safely load another module, i.e. with request_module() or even
with indirect calls such as crypto_has_alg(). If the module to be
loaded has any of its params configured (e.g. with a /etc/modprobe.d/*
config file), then the attempt will result in a deadlock between the
first module param callback waiting for modprobe, and modprobe trying to
lock the single kernel param mutex to set the new module's param.
This fixes that by using per-module mutexes, so that each individual module
is protected against concurrent changes in its own kernel params, but is
not blocked by changes to other module params. All built-in modules
continue to use the built-in mutex, since they will always be loaded at
runtime and references (e.g. request_module(), crypto_has_alg()) to them
will never cause load-time param changing.
This also simplifies the interface used by modules to block sysfs access
to their params; while there are currently functions to block and unblock
sysfs param access which are split up by read and write and expect a single
kernel param to be passed, their actual operation is identical and applies
to all params, not just the one passed to them; they simply lock and unlock
the global param mutex. They are replaced with direct calls to
kernel_param_[un]lock(THIS_MODULE), which locks THIS_MODULE's param_lock, or
if the module is built-in, it locks the built-in mutex.
Suggested-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Dan Streetman <ddstreet@ieee.org>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Pull x86 core updates from Ingo Molnar:
"There were so many changes in the x86/asm, x86/apic and x86/mm topics
in this cycle that the topical separation of -tip broke down somewhat -
so the result is a more traditional architecture pull request,
collected into the 'x86/core' topic.
The topics were still maintained separately as far as possible, so
bisectability and conceptual separation should still be pretty good -
but there were a handful of merge points to avoid excessive
dependencies (and conflicts) that would have been poorly tested in the
end.
The next cycle will hopefully be much more quiet (or at least will
have fewer dependencies).
The main changes in this cycle were:
* x86/apic changes, with related IRQ core changes: (Jiang Liu, Thomas
Gleixner)
- This is the second and most intrusive part of changes to the x86
interrupt handling - full conversion to hierarchical interrupt
domains:
[IOAPIC domain] -----
|
[MSI domain] --------[Remapping domain] ----- [ Vector domain ]
| (optional) |
[HPET MSI domain] ----- |
|
[DMAR domain] -----------------------------
|
[Legacy domain] -----------------------------
This now reflects the actual hardware and allowed us to distangle
the domain specific code from the underlying parent domain, which
can be optional in the case of interrupt remapping. It's a clear
separation of functionality and removes quite some duct tape
constructs which plugged the remap code between ioapic/msi/hpet
and the vector management.
- Intel IOMMU IRQ remapping enhancements, to allow direct interrupt
injection into guests (Feng Wu)
* x86/asm changes:
- Tons of cleanups and small speedups, micro-optimizations. This
is in preparation to move a good chunk of the low level entry
code from assembly to C code (Denys Vlasenko, Andy Lutomirski,
Brian Gerst)
- Moved all system entry related code to a new home under
arch/x86/entry/ (Ingo Molnar)
- Removal of the fragile and ugly CFI dwarf debuginfo annotations.
Conversion to C will reintroduce many of them - but meanwhile
they are only getting in the way, and the upstream kernel does
not rely on them (Ingo Molnar)
- NOP handling refinements. (Borislav Petkov)
* x86/mm changes:
- Big PAT and MTRR rework: making the code more robust and
preparing to phase out exposing direct MTRR interfaces to drivers -
in favor of using PAT driven interfaces (Toshi Kani, Luis R
Rodriguez, Borislav Petkov)
- New ioremap_wt()/set_memory_wt() interfaces to support
Write-Through cached memory mappings. This is especially
important for good performance on NVDIMM hardware (Toshi Kani)
* x86/ras changes:
- Add support for deferred errors on AMD (Aravind Gopalakrishnan)
This is an important RAS feature which adds hardware support for
poisoned data. That means roughly that the hardware marks data
which it has detected as corrupted but wasn't able to correct, as
poisoned data and raises an APIC interrupt to signal that in the
form of a deferred error. It is the OS's responsibility then to
take proper recovery action and thus prolonge system lifetime as
far as possible.
- Add support for Intel "Local MCE"s: upcoming CPUs will support
CPU-local MCE interrupts, as opposed to the traditional system-
wide broadcasted MCE interrupts (Ashok Raj)
- Misc cleanups (Borislav Petkov)
* x86/platform changes:
- Intel Atom SoC updates
... and lots of other cleanups, fixlets and other changes - see the
shortlog and the Git log for details"
* 'x86-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (222 commits)
x86/hpet: Use proper hpet device number for MSI allocation
x86/hpet: Check for irq==0 when allocating hpet MSI interrupts
x86/mm/pat, drivers/infiniband/ipath: Use arch_phys_wc_add() and require PAT disabled
x86/mm/pat, drivers/media/ivtv: Use arch_phys_wc_add() and require PAT disabled
x86/platform/intel/baytrail: Add comments about why we disabled HPET on Baytrail
genirq: Prevent crash in irq_move_irq()
genirq: Enhance irq_data_to_desc() to support hierarchy irqdomain
iommu, x86: Properly handle posted interrupts for IOMMU hotplug
iommu, x86: Provide irq_remapping_cap() interface
iommu, x86: Setup Posted-Interrupts capability for Intel iommu
iommu, x86: Add cap_pi_support() to detect VT-d PI capability
iommu, x86: Avoid migrating VT-d posted interrupts
iommu, x86: Save the mode (posted or remapped) of an IRTE
iommu, x86: Implement irq_set_vcpu_affinity for intel_ir_chip
iommu: dmar: Provide helper to copy shared irte fields
iommu: dmar: Extend struct irte for VT-d Posted-Interrupts
iommu: Add new member capability to struct irq_remap_ops
x86/asm/entry/64: Disentangle error_entry/exit gsbase/ebx/usermode code
x86/asm/entry/32: Shorten __audit_syscall_entry() args preparation
x86/asm/entry/32: Explain reloading of registers after __audit_syscall_entry()
...
Pull scheduler updates from Ingo Molnar:
"The main changes are:
- lockless wakeup support for futexes and IPC message queues
(Davidlohr Bueso, Peter Zijlstra)
- Replace spinlocks with atomics in thread_group_cputimer(), to
improve scalability (Jason Low)
- NUMA balancing improvements (Rik van Riel)
- SCHED_DEADLINE improvements (Wanpeng Li)
- clean up and reorganize preemption helpers (Frederic Weisbecker)
- decouple page fault disabling machinery from the preemption
counter, to improve debuggability and robustness (David
Hildenbrand)
- SCHED_DEADLINE documentation updates (Luca Abeni)
- topology CPU masks cleanups (Bartosz Golaszewski)
- /proc/sched_debug improvements (Srikar Dronamraju)"
* 'sched-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (79 commits)
sched/deadline: Remove needless parameter in dl_runtime_exceeded()
sched: Remove superfluous resetting of the p->dl_throttled flag
sched/deadline: Drop duplicate init_sched_dl_class() declaration
sched/deadline: Reduce rq lock contention by eliminating locking of non-feasible target
sched/deadline: Make init_sched_dl_class() __init
sched/deadline: Optimize pull_dl_task()
sched/preempt: Add static_key() to preempt_notifiers
sched/preempt: Fix preempt notifiers documentation about hlist_del() within unsafe iteration
sched/stop_machine: Fix deadlock between multiple stop_two_cpus()
sched/debug: Add sum_sleep_runtime to /proc/<pid>/sched
sched/debug: Replace vruntime with wait_sum in /proc/sched_debug
sched/debug: Properly format runnable tasks in /proc/sched_debug
sched/numa: Only consider less busy nodes as numa balancing destinations
Revert 095bebf61a ("sched/numa: Do not move past the balance point if unbalanced")
sched/fair: Prevent throttling in early pick_next_task_fair()
preempt: Reorganize the notrace definitions a bit
preempt: Use preempt_schedule_context() as the official tracing preemption point
sched: Make preempt_schedule_context() function-tracing safe
x86: Remove cpu_sibling_mask() and cpu_core_mask()
x86: Replace cpu_**_mask() with topology_**_cpumask()
...
BIT value is already unsigned so casting is not necessary.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
USE_OF is used as intermediate Kconfig option by few
arch's (ARM, MIPS, Xtensa).
Replace instances of USE_OF outside of arch folders
with proper OF_???.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Borneo <borneo.antonio@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As reported by Manfred Schlaegl here
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=143482089824232&w=2
commit 514ac99c64 "can: fix multiple delivery of a single CAN frame for
overlapping CAN filters" requires the skb->tstamp to be set to check for
identical CAN skbs.
As net timestamping is influenced by several players (netstamp_needed and
netdev_tstamp_prequeue) Manfred missed a proper timestamp which leads to
CAN frame loss.
As skb timestamping became now mandatory for CAN related skbs this patch
makes sure that received CAN skbs always have a proper timestamp set.
Maybe there's a better solution in the future but this patch fixes the
CAN frame loss so far.
Reported-by: Manfred Schlaegl <manfred.schlaegl@gmx.at>
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Cc: linux-stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Following patch contains changes in liquidio Kconfig for
selecting LIBCRC32C.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no reason to perform a buffer copy for the firmware name. This
also avoids a (currently impossible with current callers) NULL dereference
if there was no matching firmware.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Append 0x to all %x in order to avoid while reading when there is other
decimal value in the log.
Also replace some of the hexadecimal print to decimal to uniformize the
format with netfront.
Signed-off-by: Julien Grall <julien.grall@citrix.com>
Cc: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Cc: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The variables old_req_cons and ring_slots_used are assigned but never
used since commit 1650d5455b "xen-netback:
always fully coalesce guest Rx packets".
Signed-off-by: Julien Grall <julien.grall@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Cc: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rx->status is an int16_t, print it using %d rather than %u in order to
have a meaningful value when the field is negative.
Also use %u rather than %x for rx->offset.
Signed-off-by: Julien Grall <julien.grall@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Cc: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Cc: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:
====================
Netfilter updates for net-next
The following patchset contains a final Netfilter pull request for net-next
4.2. This mostly addresses some fallout from the previous pull request, small
netns updates and a couple of new features for nfnetlink_log and the socket
match that didn't get in time for the previous pull request. More specifically
they are:
1) Add security context information to nfnetlink_queue, from Roman Kubiak.
2) Add support to restore the sk_mark into skb->mark through xt_socket,
from Harout Hedeshian.
3) Force alignment of 16 bytes of per cpu xt_counters, from Eric Dumazet.
4) Rename br_netfilter.c to br_netfilter_hooks.c to prepare split of IPv6 code
into a separated file.
5) Move the IPv6 code in br_netfilter into a separated file.
6) Remove unused RCV_SKB_FAIL() in nfnetlink_queue and nfetlink_log, from Eric
Biederman.
7) Two liner to simplify netns logic in em_ipset_match().
8) Add missing includes to net/net_namespace.h to avoid compilation problems
that result from not including linux/netfilter.h in netns headers.
9) Use a forward declaration instead of including linux/proc_fs.h from
netns/netfilter.h
10) Add a new linux/netfilter_defs.h to replace the linux/netfilter.h inclusion
in netns headers.
11) Remove spurious netfilter.h file included in the net tree, also from Eric
Biederman.
12) Fix x_tables compilation warnings on 32 bits platforms that resulted from
recent changes in x_tables counters, from Florian Westphal.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While testing my netfilter changes I noticed several files where
recompiling unncessarily because they unncessarily included
netfilter.h.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
This series contains updates to fm10k only.
Alex provides two fixes for the fm10k, first folds the fm10k_pull_tail()
call into fm10k_add_rx_frag(), this way the fragment does not have to be
modified after it is added to the skb. The second fixes missing braces
to an if statement.
The remaining patches are from Jacob which contain improvements and fixes
for fm10k. First fix makes it so that invalid address will simply be
skipped and allows synchronizing the full list to proceed with using
iproute2 tool. Fixed a possible kernel panic by using the correct
transmit timestamp function. Simplified the code flow for setting the
IN_PROGRESS bit of the shinfo for an skb that we will be timestamping.
Fix a bug in the timestamping transmit enqueue code responsible for a
NULL pointer dereference and invalid access of the skb list by freeing
the clone in the cases where we did not add it to the queue. Update the
PF code so that it resets the empty TQMAP/RQMAP regirsters post-VFLR to
prevent innocent VF drivers from triggering malicious driver events.
The SYSTIME_CFG.Adjust direction bit is actually supposed to indicate
that the adjustment is positive, so fix the code to align correctly with
the hardware and documentation. Cleanup local variable that is no longer
used after a previous refactor of the code. Fix the code flow so that we
actually clear the enabled flag as part of our removal of the LPORT.
v2:
- updated patch 07 description based on feedback from Sergei Shtylyov
- updated patch 09 & 10 to use %d in error message based on feedback
from Sergei Shtylyov
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These kind of informations are only useful for debugging and should not be
displayed in normal modules message.
Signed-off-by: Romain Perier <romain.perier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While reviewing the code I noticed that one of the commits added an if
statement followed by a for loop, but the if statement was missing the
braces around the loop. This change corrects the coding style error.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When a VF issues an LPORT_STATE request to enable a port that is already
enabled, the PF will first disable the VF LPORT. Then it should
re-enable the VF again with the new requested settings. This ensures
that any switch rules are cleared by deleting the LPORT on the switch.
However, the flow is bugged because we actually check if the VF is
enabled at the end, and thus don't re-enable it. Fix the flow so that we
actually clear the enabled flags as part of our removal of the LPORT.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The reference to err_no was left around after a previous code refactor.
We never use the value, and it doesn't seem to be used in side a hidden
macro reference. Discovered via cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The SYSTIME_CFG.Adjust Direction bit is actually supposed to indicate
that the adjustment is positive. Fix the code to align correctly with
hardware and documentation.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds the __attribute__((packed)) indicator to some structures
which are overlayed onto a TLV message. These structures must be packed
as small as possible in order to correctly align when copied into the
mailbox buffer. Without doing so, the receiving mailbox code incorrectly
parses the values and we get invalid message responses from the switch
manager software.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
During initialization, the VF counts its rings by walking the TQDLOC
registers. This works only if the TQMAP/RQMAP registers are set to map
all of the out-of-bound rings back to the first one. This allows the VF
to cleanly detect when it has run out of queues. Update the PF code so
that it resets the empty TQMAP/RQMAP registers post-VFLR to prevent
innocent VF drivers from triggering malicious driver events.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Vick <matthew.vick@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Currently, we don't notify the switch at all when the PF
administratively sets a new VLAN or MAC address. This causes the old
addresses to remain valid on the switch table. Since the PF is
overriding any configuration done directly by the VF, we choose to
simply re-create the LPORT for the VF. This does mean that all rules for
the VF will be dropped when we set something directly via the PF, but it
prevents some weird issues where the MAC/VLAN table retains some stale
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch cleans up the use of dma_get_required_mask and uses the
simpler dma_set_mask_and_coherent function instead of doing these as
separate steps.
I removed the dma_get_required_mask call because based on some minimal
testing it appears that either (a) we're not doing the right thing with
the call or (b) we don't need it anyways. If the value returned is
<48bits, we'll end up trying with 48 bits anyways. If it's over 48bits,
fm10k can't support that anyways, and we should try 48bits. If 48bits
fails, we'll fallback to 32bits. This cleans up some very funky code.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Also use %d for error values, since printing in hexadecimal is probably
not helpful.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
l2_accel was checked for NULL at the top of fm10k_dfwd_del_station, and
we return if it is not defined. Due to this, we already know it can't be
null here so a separate check is meaningless. Discovered via cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The value will never be negative, and we use the %u print format. Thus,
use unsigned int for the loop counter. Issue found using cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This prevents a memory leak in fm10k_set_ringparams. The leak occurs
because we go down, change ring parameters, and then come up. However,
fm10k_down on its own is not clearing the Rx rings. Since fm10k_up
assumes the rings are clean we basically drop the buffers and leak a
bunch of memory. Eventually we hit dirty page faults and reboot the
system. This issue does not occur elsewhere because other flows that
involve fm10k_down go through fm10k_close which immediately called
fm10k_free_all_rx_resources which properly cleans the rings.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch resolves a bug in the ts_tx_enqueue code responsible for a
NULL pointer dereference and invalid access of the skb list. We
incorrectly freed the actual skb we found instead of our copy. Thus the
skb queue is essentially invalidated. Resolve this by freeing our clone
in the cases where we did not add it to the queue. This also avoids the
skb memory leak caused by failure to free the clone.
[ 589.719320] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at (null)
[ 589.722344] IP: [<ffffffffa0310e60>] fm10k_ts_tx_subtask+0xb0/0x160 [fm10k]
[ 589.723796] PGD 0
[ 589.725228] Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch simplifies the code flow for setting the IN_PROGRESS bit of
the shinfo for an skb we will be timestamping.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change fixes an issue with adding an invalid multicast address
using the iproute2 tool (ip maddr add <MADDR> dev <dev>). The iproute2
tool and the kernel do not validate or filter the multicast addresses
when adding them to the multicast list. Thus, when synchronizing this
list with an invalid entry, the action will be aborted with an error
since the fm10k driver currently validates the list. Consequently,
multicast entries beyond the invalid one will not be processed and
communicated with the switch via the mailbox. This change makes it so
that invalid addresses will simply be skipped and allows synchronizing
the full list to proceed.
Signed-off-by: Ngai-Mint Kwan <ngai-mint.kwan@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change folds the fm10k_pull_tail call into fm10k_add_rx_frag. The
advantage to doing this is that the fragment doesn't have to be modified
after it is added to the skb.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <Krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Using xen/page.h will be necessary later for using common xen page
helpers.
As xen/page.h already include asm/xen/page.h, always use the later.
Signed-off-by: Julien Grall <julien.grall@citrix.com>
Reviewed-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Cc: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
Cc: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Cc: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Cc: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Cc: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
This code cleanups the start and stop callbacks by removing hw->priv and
using the already dereferenced variable lp which is the same.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for a new random csma backoffs settings when
going into sleep state. This is recommended according at86rf2xx
datasheets.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
While in sleep state then we can't access the at86rf2xx registers. This
patch checks if the transceiver is in sleep state before sending spi
messages via regmap. Regmap is used on every driver ops callback except
for receive and xmit handling, but while receive and xmit handling the
phy should not be inside the sleep state.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
wait_event_timeout(), introduced in 'commit 5e3dd157d7 ("ath10k: mac80211
driver for Qualcomm Atheros 802.11ac CQA98xx devices")' never returns < 0
so the only failure condition to be checked is == 0 (timeout). Further the
return type is long not int - an appropriately named variable is added
and the assignments fixed up.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
wait_event_timeout(), introduced in 'commit 5e3dd157d7 ("ath10k: mac80211
driver for Qualcomm Atheros 802.11ac CQA98xx devices")' never returns < 0
so the only failure condition to be checked is ==0 (timeout). Further the
return type is long not int - an appropriately named variable is added
and the assignments fixed up.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
It was possible to force an out of bounds MMIO
read/write via debugfs. E.g. on QCA988X this could
be triggered with:
echo 0x2080e0 | tee /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/*/ath10k/reg_addr
cat /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/*/ath10k/reg_value
BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at ffffc90001e080e0
IP: [<ffffffff8135c860>] ioread32+0x40/0x50
...
Call Trace:
[<ffffffffa00d0c7f>] ? ath10k_pci_read32+0x4f/0x70 [ath10k_pci]
[<ffffffffa0080f50>] ath10k_reg_value_read+0x90/0xf0 [ath10k_core]
[<ffffffff8115c2c1>] ? handle_mm_fault+0xa91/0x1050
[<ffffffff81189758>] __vfs_read+0x28/0xe0
[<ffffffff812e4694>] ? security_file_permission+0x84/0xa0
[<ffffffff81189ce3>] ? rw_verify_area+0x53/0x100
[<ffffffff81189e1a>] vfs_read+0x8a/0x140
[<ffffffff8118acb9>] SyS_read+0x49/0xb0
[<ffffffff8104e39c>] ? trace_do_page_fault+0x3c/0xc0
[<ffffffff8196596e>] system_call_fastpath+0x12/0x71
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Enable VHT support for IBSS, while mac80211/cfg80211 and
wpa_supplicant already support this.
In my test env, qca988x 2x2 I get:
(udp) ath10k-1 >>>> ath10k-2 (server) - speed: 419 Mbits/sec
(tcp) ath10k-1 >>>> ath10k-2 (server) - speed: 404 Mbits/sec
During tests I used wpa_supplicant (latest git version), which
already support IBSS VHT, and choose highest available BW. Also tested with
qca6174.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
HTT version itself isn't sufficient to know what
HTT version given firmware blob uses. Hence print
the recently introduced HTT op version code.
While at it make the info string a bit more
consistent and clear.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
This should help when analysing problems from
users and spot fw api blob problems easier.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
During verification of error handling in brcmf_cfg80211_attach() a
null pointer dereference occurred upon calling brcmf_p2p_detach()
from brcmf_detach(). This should only be called when the
brcmf_cfg80211_attach() has succeeded.
Fixes: f7a40873d2 ("brcmfmac: assure p2pdev is unregistered upon driver unload")
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When freeing the driver ifp pointer it should also be removed from
the driver interface list, which is what brcmf_remove_interface()
does. Otherwise, the ifp pointer will be freed twice triggering
a kernel oops.
Fixes: f37d69a4ba ("brcmfmac: free ifp for non-netdev interface in p2p module")
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds missing break statement at the end of
EVENT_BT_COEX_WLAN_PARA_CHANGE switch section.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Without this change, modprobe -r sfc hits the BUG_ON() in
efx_pci_remove_main().
Fixes: e7fef9b45a ("sfc: add sysfs entry to control MCDI tracing")
Reported-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the ndo to gather VF statistics through the PF.
All counters related to this VF are stored in a per slave
list, run over the slave's list and collect all statistics.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow the user to observe the PF own statistics using ethtool with pf_
prefixed counter names.
Those counters are the PF statistics out of the overall port statistics.
Every PF QP is attached to a counter and the summary of those counters
is the PF statistics.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is an infrastructure step for querying VF and PF counters.
This code was in the IB driver, move it to the mlx4 core driver
so it will be accessible for more use cases.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Default counter per port will be allocated at the mlx4 core driver load.
Every QP opened by the Ethernet driver will be attached to the port's default
counter. This is an infrastructure step to collect VF statistics from the PF.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Counter will get its port attribute within the resource tracker when
the first QP attached to it is modified to RTR. If a QP is counter-less,
an attempt to create a new counter with assigned port will be made.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each physical function has a guarantee of two counters per port, one
for a default counter and one for the IB driver.
Each virtual function has a guarantee of one counter per port.
All other counters are free and can be obtained on demand.
This is a preparation step for supporting a get_vf_stats ndo call,
so we can promise a counter for every VF in order to collect their
statistics from the PF context.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since virtual functions get their counters indices allocation from the PF,
allocate counters indices bitmap only in case the function isn't virtual.
Also, check that the device has counters to allocate before creating the
indices bitmap table.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reserve the last valid counter index for "sink" counter, when a
new counter cannot be allocated, the driver will use this counter.
In order to avoid allocating this counter on any other flow, fix the
indices bitmap allocation range, and reserve the sink counter index.
Add macro for the sink counter index and replace all appearences of the
index with the macro.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add resetting the counter data to the free counter flow, so the counter's
data won't be accessible anymore if querying the counter. Also, on next
counter allocation (to another VM for example), it will be fresh and clear.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If counters are not supported by the device. The indices bitmap table is not
allocated during initialization. Add the symmetrical check before cleaning
the counters bitmap table or freeing a counter.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Hadar Hen Zion <hadarh@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to delete from offload the device externally learnded fdbs when any
one of these events happen:
1) Bridge ages out fdb. (When bridge is doing ageing vs. device doing
ageing. If device is doing ageing, it would send SWITCHDEV_FDB_DEL
directly).
2) STP state change flushes fdbs on port.
3) User uses sysfs interface to flush fdbs from bridge or bridge port:
echo 1 >/sys/class/net/BR_DEV/bridge/flush
echo 1 >/sys/class/net/BR_PORT/brport/flush
4) Offload driver send event SWITCHDEV_FDB_DEL to delete fdb entry.
For rocker, we can now get called to delete fdb entry in wait and nowait
contexts, so set NOWAIT flag when deleting fdb entry.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to firmware bug, under VPI configuration when port1 = IB and
port2 = Eth, Granular QoS per VF isn't working properly. More over,
the whole QP0/QP1 Para-Virtualization in the mlx4 IB driver is
broken on that config.
Hence, we must disable Granular QoS per VF under that configuration
till a fix is introduced. Once that happens, a new device capability
will be used to mark the feature support on that specific configuration.
Reported-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Export the partner_oper_port_state of each port via sysfs and netlink.
In 802.3ad mode it is valuable for the user to be able to check the
partner_oper state, it is already exported via bond's proc entry.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Export the actor_oper_port_state of each port via sysfs and netlink.
In 802.3ad mode it is valuable for the user to be able to check the
actor_oper state, it is already exported via bond's proc entry.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <razor@blackwall.org>
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rocker_port_stop can be called from atomic and non-atomic contexts. Since
we can't test what context we're getting called in, do the processing as
'no wait', which will cover all cases.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can get STP updates from the bridge driver in atomic and non-atomic
contexts. Since we can't test what context we're getting called in,
do the STP processing as 'no wait', which will cover all cases.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Neigh update event handler runs in a context where we can't sleep, so mark
processing in driver with ROCKER_OP_FLAG_NOWAIT. NOWAIT will use
GFP_ATOMIC for allocations and will queue cmds to the device's cmd ring but
will not wait (sleep) for cmd response back from device.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of the items removed from the rocker driver in the Spring Cleanup patch
series was the ability to mark processing in the driver as "no wait" for
those contexts where we cannot sleep. Turns out, we have "no wait"
contexts where we want to program the device. So re-add the
ROCKER_OP_FLAG_NOWAIT flag to mark such processes, and propagate flags to
mem allocator and to the device cmd executor. With NOWAIT, mem allocs are
GFP_ATOMIC and device cmds are queued to the device, but the driver will
not wait (sleep) for the response back from the device.
My bad for removing NOWAIT support in the first place; I thought we could
swing non-sleep contexts to process context using a work queue, for
example, but there is push-back to keep processing in original context.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rocker->neigh_tbl_next_index is used to generate unique indices for neigh
entries programmed into the device. The way new indices were generated was
racy with the new prepare-commit transaction model. A simple fix here
removes the race. The race was with two processes getting the same index,
one process using prepare-commit, the other not:
Proc A Proc B
PREPARE phase
get neigh_tbl_next_index
NONE phase
get neigh_tbl_next_index
neigh_tbl_next_index++
COMMIT phase
neigh_tbl_next_index++
Both A and B got the same index. The fix is to store and increment
neigh_tbl_next_index in the PREPARE (or NONE) phase and use value in COMMIT
phase:
Proc A Proc B
PREPARE phase
get neigh_tbl_next_index
neigh_tbl_next_index++
NONE phase
get neigh_tbl_next_index
neigh_tbl_next_index++
COMMIT phase
// use value stashed in PREPARE phase
Reported-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ports array is filled in as ports are probed, but if probing doesn't
finish, we need to stop only those ports that where probed successfully.
Check the ports array for NULL to skip un-probed ports when stopping.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, amd-xgbe driver has separate logic to determine device
coherency for DT vs. ACPI. This patch simplifies the code with
a call to device_dma_is_coherent().
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Suravee Suthikulpanit <Suravee.Suthikulpanit@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
On some hardware reading WCID entries table results getting 0xff
numbers, no matter of value written there before. This cause assigning
the same WCID for different stations and makes not possible to connect
to more than one station.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
When unloading the driver with a p2pdev interface it resulted in
a warning upon calling wiphy_unregister() and subsequently a crash
in the driver. This patch assures the p2pdev is unregistered calling
unregister_wdev() before doing the wiphy_unregister().
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Moving two functions in p2p.c as is so next change will be
easier to review.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Making it more clear by freeing the ifp in same place where the
vif object is freed.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The bus interface functions txctl and rxctl may be used while the device
can not be accessed, eg. upon driver .remove() callback. This patch will
immediately return -EIO when this is the case which speeds up the module
unload.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The .get_station() cfg80211 callback is used in several scenarios. In
managed mode it can obtain information about the access-point and its
BSS parameters. In managed mode it can also obtain information about
TDLS peers. In AP mode it can obtain information about connected
clients.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Switch from using semi hard coded interface combinations. This makes
it easier to announce what the firmware actually supports. This fixes
the case where brcmfmac announces p2p but the firmware doesn't
support it.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontusf@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add a feature flag to reflect the firmware's p2p capability.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontusf@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We expect EEPROM per-rate power table to be filled with
s6 values and warn user if values are invalid. However,
there appear to be devices which don't have this section
of EEPROM initialized. In such case we should ignore
the values and leave the driver power tables set to zero.
Note that vendor driver doesn't care about this case but
mt76x2 skips 0xff per value. We take mt76x2's approach.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If timeshare coexistance between bluetooth and WLAN gets enabled,
firmware will give host an event to reduce Rx AMPDU BA window size.
The event is handled in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Chunfan Chen <jeffc@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Add the support of channel switching functionality, similar
to ath9k support.
Tested with TP-Link TL-WN722N and TL-WN821N.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Some time ago the function debugfs_create_devm_seqfile() was
introduced in debugfs. The caller simply needs to provide a
device pointer and read function. The function brcmf_debugfs_add_entry()
is now simply a wrapper only doing the work for CONFIG_BRCMDBG.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The watchdog reset as done in brcmf_pcie_buscoreprep() is not
sufficient. It needs to modify PCIe core registers as well
which is properly done by brcmf_pcie_reset_device() after the
chip recognition is done. So the faulty watchdog reset can be
removed as it was causing driver reload to fail and hang the
system requiring a power-cycle. Instead the call to to the
brcmf_pcie_reset_device() function is done twice in the unload.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel (Deognyoun) Kim <dekim@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The information provided by chipinfo is also provided by the
revinfo debugfs entry. Removing it from debugfs.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
On device to host data using msgbuf the read pointer gets updated
once all data is processed. Updating this pointer more frequently
allows the firmware to add more data quicker. This will result in
slightly higher and more stable throughput on CPU bounded host
processors.
Reviewed-by: Arend Van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
The variable "fw_version" is used in the _ResetDigitalProcedure1().
but It is not initialized. so I add init codes for "fw_version" and
"fw_subversion".
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
rtl92cu_rx_query_desc set a isampdu twice.
but second code is related to isfirst_ampdu.
so i change it.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
In the rtlwifi/rtl8192cu, I change debug message "RTL8192CE" to
"RTL8192CU".
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
in the _rtl92c_phy_rf6052_config_parafile(), cases
RF90_PATH_A and RF90_PATH_B call the same routine.
so i remove one of these routine. also the return
routine is duplicated. so i remove it.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
While working on getting my rtl8821au driver in pretty shape for
inclusion, it is dicosvered that the tm_trigger flag is used only for
the first device using this driver.
This flag handles the thermal power management in the hardware.
To change this add a entry in sttruct rtl_dm, so each device can handle
is separately.
Signed-off-by: Hans Ulli Kroll <ulli.kroll@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
in the rtlwifi/rtl8192cu, INTF_PCI and INTF_USB is unnecessary.
because RTL8192CU chipset is only USB interface.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
_InitBeaconParameters() and rtl92cu_init_beacon_parameters() is
same routine. I remove both functions. then i add
_rtl92cu_init_beacon_parameters() in the hw.c.
_rtl92cu_init_beacon_parameters() is same routine with
_InitBeaconParameters().
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
in the rtlwifi/rtl8192cu, IS_HARDWARE_TYPE_8192CE and IS_HARDWARE_TYPE_8192CU
is unnecessary. because rtlwifi/rtl8192cu codes aren't shared.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds a suspended testcase into the xmit_async functionality.
In the hope that we can found race conditions when xmit_async is called
after an ieee802154_ops stop. This should never happen.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for sleep state when between stop and start
period. In this period the transceiver isn't used by the subsystem, in
this time we disable the irq and going into the sleep state.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch use high level interrupt type as fallback handling when no
irq type is given.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
1) Fixed following sparse warnings:
lio_main.c:213:6: warning: symbol 'octeon_droq_bh' was not
declared. Should it be static?
lio_main.c:233:5: warning: symbol 'lio_wait_for_oq_pkts' was
not declared. Should it be static?
lio_main.c:3083:5: warning: symbol 'lio_nic_info' was not
declared. Should it be static?
lio_main.c:2618:16: warning: cast from restricted __be16
octeon_device.c:466:6: warning: symbol 'oct_set_config_info'
was not declared. Should it be static?
octeon_device.c:573:25: warning: cast to restricted __be32
octeon_device.c:582:29: warning: cast to restricted __be32
octeon_device.c:584:39: warning: cast to restricted __be32
octeon_device.c:594:13: warning: cast to restricted __be32
octeon_device.c:596:25: warning: cast to restricted __be32
octeon_device.c:613:25: warning: cast to restricted __be32
octeon_device.c:614:29: warning: cast to restricted __be64
octeon_device.c:615:29: warning: cast to restricted __be32
octeon_device.c:619:37: warning: cast to restricted __be32
octeon_device.c:623:33: warning: cast to restricted __be32
cn66xx_device.c:540:6: warning: symbol
'lio_cn6xxx_get_pcie_qlmport' was not declared. Should it be s
octeon_mem_ops.c:181:16: warning: cast to restricted __be64
octeon_mem_ops.c:190:16: warning: cast to restricted __be32
octeon_mem_ops.c:196:17: warning: incorrect type in initializer
2) Fix build errors corresponding to vmalloc on linux-next 4.1.
3) Liquidio now supports 64 bit only, modified Kconfig accordingly.
4) Fix some code alignment issues based on kernel build warnings.
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to read the HCA's cycle counter efficiently in
user space, we need to map the HCA's register.
This is done through mmap call.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
When programming the start of a periodic output, the code wrongly places
the seconds value into the "low" register and the nanoseconds into the
"high" register. Even though this is backwards, it slipped through my
testing, because the re-arming code in the interrupt service routine is
correct, and the signal does appear starting with the second edge.
This patch fixes the issue by programming the registers correctly.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
...and remove some of them. It is not necessary to log when .probe() and
.remove() are called or when TxQ is started or stopped. Also log level
of some of them was changed to more appropriate one (link up/down,
firmware loading failure.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Timeout functions are defined with 'void *' ptr argument. They should
be defined directly with 'struct bfa_ioc *' type to avoid type conversions.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove macros for manipulation with struct list_head and replace them
with standard ones.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pointer cmpl used to iterate through completion entries is updated at
the beginning of while loop as well as at the end. The update at the end
of the loop is useless.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Patch converts kzalloc->copy_from_user sequence to memdup_user. There
is also one useless assignment of NULL to bnad->regdata as it is followed
by assignment of kzalloc output.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TX_E_PRIO_CHANGE event is never sent for bna_tx so it doesn't need to be
handled. After this change bna_tx->flags cannot contain
BNA_TX_F_PRIO_CHANGED flag and it can be also eliminated.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bna_rx_config struct member paused can be removed as it is never
written and as it cannot have non-zero value the bna_rxf struct member
flags also cannot have BNA_RXF_F_PAUSED value and is always zero.
So the flags member can be removed as well as bna_rxf_flags enum and
the code-paths that needs to have non-zero bna_rxf->flags.
This clean-up makes bna_rxf_sm_paused state unsed and can be also removed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RXF_E_PAUSE & RXF_E_RESUME events are never sent for bna_rxf object so
they needn't to be handled. The bna_rxf's state bna_rxf_sm_fltr_clr_wait
and function bna_rxf_fltr_clear are unused after this so remove them also.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
removed:
bna_rx_ucast_add
bna_rx_ucast_del
simplified:
bna_enet_pause_config
bna_rx_mcast_delall
bna_rx_mcast_listset
bna_rx_mode_set
bna_rx_ucast_listset
bna_rx_ucast_set
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch converts mac_t type to widely used 'u8 [ETH_ALEN]'.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Parameters of all ether_addr_copy instances were checked for proper
alignment. Alignment of bnad_bcast_addr is forced to 2 as the implicit
alignment is 1.
I have also renamed address parameter of bnad_set_mac_address() to addr.
The name mac_addr was a little bit confusing as the real parameter is
struct sockaddr *.
v2: added __aligned directive to bnad_bcast_addr, renamed parameter of
bnad_set_mac_address() (thx joe@perches.com)
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allocate and use transport domain by the Ethernet driver code.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each transport object, namely TIR and TIS, must have a transport domain
number (TDN) identifier.
The driver wrongly assumed that it is OK to use TDN=0 without explicit
TDN allocation from the device.
The TDN will also be used for isolating different processes once user
mode Ethernet will be supported.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When NETIF_F_SG is set, each send WQE may have a different size since
each skb can have different number of fragments as of LSO header etc.
This implies that a given WQE may wrap around the send queue, i.e begin
at its end and continue at its start. While it is legal by the device spec,
we preferred a solution that avoids it - when building of current WQE is
done, if the next WQE may wrap around the send queue, fill the send queue
with NOPs WQEs till its end, so that the next WQE will begin at send queue
start.
NOP WQE for itself cannot wrap around the send queue since it is of
minimal size - 64 bytes, and all send WQEs are a multiple of that size.
Signed-off-by: Achiad Shochat <achiad@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Ethernet driver requires at least 3 flow table levels to
operate, enforce that.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We need to resolve a HW configuration issue for enabling HW CVLAN
insertion. Meanwhile, no need to implement the VLAN insertion in
the driver, rather use the generic kernel VLAN insertion method.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable HW cacheline start padding and align RX WQE size to cacheline
while considering HW start padding. Also, fix dma_unmap call to use
the correct SKB data buffer size.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously we configured HW MTU to be netdev->mtu, actually we
need to configure netdev->mtu + (ETH_HLEN + VLAN_HLEN + ETH_FCS_LEN).
Also, query MTU can not fail, hence make the relevant helper a
void functionm, add mlx5e_set_dev_port_mtu, helper function to
handle MTU setting.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We return success if mlx5e_alloc_sq_db() fails but we should return an
error code.
Fixes: f62b8bb8f2 ('net/mlx5: Extend mlx5_core to support ConnectX-4 Ethernet functionality')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use kernel.h macro definition.
Thanks to Julia Lawall for Coccinelle scripting support.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use kernel.h macro definition.
Thanks to Julia Lawall for Coccinelle scripting support.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use kernel.h macro definition.
Thanks to Julia Lawall for Coccinelle scripting support.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use kernel.h macro definition.
Thanks to Julia Lawall for Coccinelle scripting support.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use kernel.h macro definition.
Thanks to Julia Lawall for Coccinelle scripting support.
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enhance cxgb4_t4_bar2_sge_qregs() and cxgb4_bar2_sge_qregs() to support T4
user mode mappings. Update all the current users as well.
Signed-off-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
When the DEBUG preprocessor macro is defined the ps3_gelic_net driver build
fails due to an undeclared routine gelic_descr_get_status(). This problem
was introduced during the code cleanup of commit
6b0c21cede (net: Fix p3_gelic_net sparse warnings),
which re-arranged the ordering of some of the gelic routines.
This change just moves the gelic_descr_get_status() routine up in the
ps3_gelic_net.c source file. There is no functional change.
Fixes build errors like these:
drivers/net/ethernet/toshiba/ps3_gelic_net.c: error: implicit declaration of function gelic_descr_get_status
Signed-off-by: Geoff Levand <geoff@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some Ethernet PHYs/switches such as Broadcom's BCM53125 have a hardware bug
which makes them not release the MDIO line during turn-around time. This gets
flagged by the UniMAC MDIO controller as a read failure, and we fail the read
transaction.
Check the MDIO bus phy_ignore_ta_mask bitmask for the PHY we are reading
from and if it is listed in this bitmask, ignore the read failure and
proceed with returning the data we read out of the controller.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some Ethernet PHYs/switches such as Broadcom's BCM53125 have a hardware
bug which makes them not release the MDIO line during turn-around time.
This gets flagged by the GENET MDIO controller as a read failure, and we
fail the read transaction.
Check the MDIO bus phy_ignore_ta_mask bitmask for the PHY we are reading
from and if it is listed in this bitmask, ignore the read failure and
proceed with returning the data we read out of the controller.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add PHY IDs for Davicom DM9161B and DM9161C variants.
Tested with a DM9161C on a custom Atmel-based SAM9X25 board in RMII
mode.
The DM9161B uses the same model id with just the LSB bit of the version
id changing (which is masked out).
For all intents and purposes they're the same as the DM9161A with an
added GPSI mode and better fabrication process.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo Zacarias <gustavo@zacarias.com.ar>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ethernet AVB device includes the gPTP timer, so we can implement a PTP clock
driver. We're doing that in a separate file, with the main Ethernet driver
calling the PTP driver's [de]initialization and interrupt handler functions.
Unfortunately, the clock seems tightly coupled with the AVB-DMAC, so when that
one leaves the operation mode, we have to unregister the PTP clock... :-(
Based on the original patches by Masaru Nagai.
Signed-off-by: Masaru Nagai <masaru.nagai.vx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Ethernet AVB includes an Gigabit Ethernet controller (E-MAC) that is basically
compatible with SuperH Gigabit Ethernet E-MAC. Ethernet AVB has a dedicated
direct memory access controller (AVB-DMAC) that is a new design compared to the
SuperH E-DMAC. The AVB-DMAC is compliant with 3 standards formulated for IEEE
802.1BA: IEEE 802.1AS timing and synchronization protocol, IEEE 802.1Qav real-
time transfer, and the IEEE 802.1Qat stream reservation protocol.
The driver only supports device tree probing, so the binding document is
included in this patch.
Based on the original patches by Mitsuhiro Kimura.
Signed-off-by: Mitsuhiro Kimura <mitsuhiro.kimura.kc@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We do not check the return value of enic_dev_stats_dump(). If allocation
fails, we will hit NULL pointer reference.
Return only if memory allocation fails. For other failures, we return the
previously recorded values.
Signed-off-by: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Utilize the newly introduced BRCM_PSEUDO_PHY_ADDR constant from
brcmphy.h instead of open-coding the Broadcom Ethernet switches
pseudo-PHY address (30).
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
What BGMAC defines as BGMAC_PHY_NOREGS is in fact the Broadcom Ethernet
switches' pseudo-PHY address (30), utilize the newly introduced constant
from brcmphy.h
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
What B44 has been locally using as B44_PHY_ADDR_NO_LOCAL_PHY is in fact
the Broadcom Ethernet switches pseudo-PHY address (30). Update the
header to use the newly introduced constant and update comments so they
are within 80 columns and consistent.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* mesh fixes from Alexis Green and Chun-Yeow Yeoh,
* a documentation fix from Jakub Kicinski,
* a missing channel release (from Michal Kazior),
* a fix for a signal strength reporting bug (from Sara Sharon),
* handle deauth while associating (myself),
* don't report mangled TX SKB back to userspace for status (myself),
* handle aggregation session timeouts properly in fast-xmit (myself)
However, there are also a few cleanups and one big change that
affects all drivers (and that required me to pull in your tree)
to change the mac80211 HW flags to use an unsigned long bitmap
so that we can extend them more easily - we're running out of
flags even with a cleanup to remove the two unused ones.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=2wTw
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-06-10' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
For this round we mostly have fixes:
* mesh fixes from Alexis Green and Chun-Yeow Yeoh,
* a documentation fix from Jakub Kicinski,
* a missing channel release (from Michal Kazior),
* a fix for a signal strength reporting bug (from Sara Sharon),
* handle deauth while associating (myself),
* don't report mangled TX SKB back to userspace for status (myself),
* handle aggregation session timeouts properly in fast-xmit (myself)
However, there are also a few cleanups and one big change that
affects all drivers (and that required me to pull in your tree)
to change the mac80211 HW flags to use an unsigned long bitmap
so that we can extend them more easily - we're running out of
flags even with a cleanup to remove the two unused ones.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Following patch V8 adds support for Cavium Liquidio pci express
based 10Gig ethernet adapters.
1) Consolidated all debug macros to either call dev_* or
netdev_* macros directly, feedback from previous patch.
2) Changed soft commands to avoid crash when running
in interrupt context.
3) Fixed link status not reflecting correct status when NetworkManager
is running. Added MODULE_FIRMWARE declarations.
Following were the previous patches.
Patch V7:
1) Minor comments from v6 release regarding debug statements.
2) Fix for large multicast lists.
3) Fixed lockup issue if port initialization fails.
4) Enabled MSI by default.
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/464441/
Patch V6:
1) Addressed the uint64 vs u64 issue, feedback from previous patch.
2) Consolidated some receive processing routines.
3) Removed link status polling method.
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/459514/
Patch V5:
Based on the feedback from earlier patches with regards to
consolidation of common functions like device init, register
programming for cn66xx and cn68xx devices.
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/438979/
Patch V4:
Following were the changes based on the feedback from earlier patch:
1) Added mmiowb while synchronizing queue updates and other hw
interactions.
2) Statistics will now be incremented non-atomically per each ring.
liquidio_get_stats will add stats of each ring while reporting the
total statistics counts.
3) Modified liquidio_ioctl to return proper return codes.
4) Modified device naming to use standard Ethernet naming.
5) Global function names in the driver will have lio_/liquidio_/octeon_
prefix.
6) Ethtool related changes for:
Removed redundant stats and jiffies.
Use default ethtool handler of link status.
Speed setting will make use of ethtool_cmd_speed_set.
7) Added checks for pci_map_* return codes.
8) Check for signals while waiting in interruptible mode
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/435073/
Patch v3:
Implemented feedback from previous patch like:
Removed NAPI Config and DEBUG config options, added BQL and xmit_more
support.
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/422749/
Patch V2:
Implemented feedback from previous patch.
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/413539/
First Patch:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/412946/
Signed-off-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <Robert.Richter@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <Aleksey.Makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-06-09
This series contains updates to ixgbe only.
The series adds additional support for x550 support, such as WoL and
auto-negotiation of flow control. Adds new PHY support (external PHY)
for x550, as well as the new methods/functions needed to support the new
PHY's. Fixed a bug found in code inspection, where a check was missed
when clearing counters for x550. Also fixed the init code flow for copper
x550 devices.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EXTRA_CFLAGS should be used on the command line only.
Since EXTRA_CFLAGS here add only a non-existant path to compiler
include paths (by -I), remove EXTRA_CFLAGS completely.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As we're running out of hardware capability flags pretty quickly,
convert them to use the regular test_bit() style unsigned long
bitmaps.
This introduces a number of helper functions/macros to set and to
test the bits, along with new debugfs code.
The occurrences of an explicit __clear_bit() are intentional, the
drivers were never supposed to change their supported bits on the
fly. We should investigate changing this to be a per-frame flag.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Merge back net-next to get wireless driver changes (from Kalle)
to be able to create the API change across all trees properly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch corrects a bug in ixgbe_setup_ixfi_x550em where we were
reading and modifying IXGBE_KRM_LINK_CTRL_1 but forgot to write the
results back.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Even though X550 may later clear this value for certain devices
set it initially to support copper.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We need to call the set_lan_id before accessing I2C and this wasn't
being done so this patch corrects that. Likewise we do the same for
QSFP just to be consistent.
In the X550 case this is even more important as with out it the mux
is not controlled properly.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds ixgbe_check_link_t_X550em for checking copper PHY
link. We check that both the MAC and external PHY have link. This
is to avoid a false link up between the internal and external PHY
when the external PHY doesn't have link.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for another 10baseT X550 device.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A subset of the X550 function pointers didn't have default methods. This
didn't cause any issue with previous X550 devices as they were all
redefined. However future devices will need these default values.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Reviewing the X550 copper init flow with the Si team resulted in a
new simplified flow. We no longer wait for the PHY FW initialization
complete bit to be set as this bit is only set once by the PHY at power
on and then cleared on the first read. So only the first instance of
running SW (or possibly MAC FW) needs to initialize the PHY.
The PHY initialization has been simplified and now only requires that
the PHY FW be un-stalled
low-power mode or enabled the transceiver
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This check was missed in when this new MAC type was added. Since
these counts can be incremented for X550 we need to clear them.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add checks for systems that don't have SFP's to avoid incorrectly
acting on interrupts that are falsely interpreted as SFP events.
We do this by updating the ixgbe_is_sfp to be aware of the
new X550 devices. This also includes a modified check generating
the EICR mask to be more forward-looking.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds support for receiving interrupts from a external copper
PHY for the X550 part. This includes enabling, detection as well as
re-enablement.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The over heat message is displayed for multiple reasons but the text is
cut-n-pasted for each of these cases. This patch pulls the text from the
same location. I noticed this as I am about to add another case.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a PHY reset function ixgbe_reset_phy_t_X550em. Which
allows devices that have LASI support in enable their interrupt.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds x550 external PHY interrupt and forced 1G/10G support.
This included enabling and handling LSC and thermal sensor interrupt.
ixgbe_handle_lasi() has been added for handling the interrupts received
over SDP0 from the external 10baseT PHY. ixgbe_enable_lasi_ext_t_x550em
and ixgbe_get_lasi_ext_t_x550em have been added to X550em to enable
mask and check interrupt flags for the external PHY.
Forced 1G/10G link speed is handled via ixgbe_mac_link_t_X550em.
ixgbe_seupt_mac_link_t_X550em sets up the internal PHY and external PHY
to either iXFI (10G) or KX (1G) based on the user selected auto
advertised link speed setting. Then sets up the external PHY auto
advertised link speed.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The I2C mux control relies on the SDP setting in the ESDP register
so it is necessary to restore the value after a MAC reset. Combine
all this functionality in to a support function.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This new method will control the PHY power state. You pass in the
state you wish to change to (ether on or off). For cases where this
method is not used the current PHY power state behavior is maintained.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add a define for the new PHY identification as well as it's mapping
to the correct PHY type. Also allow ethtool to identify this type
as well.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
These Device ID could support both WoL and autoneg flow control. In
the case of WoL this is indicated by the eeprom. This patch enables
these devices this support.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Some of the register addresses and format where unfortunately changed
between MAC types. To get around this we add a const u32 *mvals pointer
to the ixgbe_hw struct to point to an array of mac-type-dependent
values. These can include register offsets, masks, whatever can be in
a u32. When the ixgbe_hw struct is initialized, a pointer to the
appropriate array must be set.
Signed-off-by: Don Skidmore <donald.c.skidmore@intel.com>
Tested-by: Phil Schmitt <phillip.j.schmitt@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
neither ram nor register write return values have been checked here.
Checking both now. Assign ret with 0 as all other assignments are inside
if blocks and might not happen before we return ret.
CID: 1230469
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Need to reorder init sequence to run wil_platform_init
before pci_enable_device. Assumption is platform init
may be required before device may be enabled.
Another issue, platform uninit should be called after
pci_disable_device because platform uninit may render
pci device non-accessible.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Provide platform hooks for module init/exit.
If platform require to perform some specific actions
in global context, this is where to do so.
Example may be turning on power for the PCIE based
on DT information.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Pass hidden SSID information to FW for proper operation.
In order to be able to scan/connect to the hidden SSID, SSID
setting is added when scan is requested from FW. SSID
scanning currently supports single SSID due to FW limitation.
Signed-off-by: Hamad Kadmany <qca_hkadmany@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Provide detailed statistics for the Rx frames per MCS
Statistics printed in "stations" debugfs entry
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Firmware defines new memory region, mac_rgf_ext
that need to be accessed from the host for debug purposes.
Add corresponded mapping
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Control Bcast ring size in similar way as Rx and Tx ones,
through "bcast_ring_order" modparam, actual ring size is 1 << order
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When one client is associated and connected to an ar6003 hw version
2.0 with firmware 3.1.1.149, and another client tries to connect, the
first client's MAC address is lost in the station list because the
"aid" is always "1". The structure "wmi_connect_event" has the "aid"
as the second byte in the message, but it should be the first byte.
This patch has been tested with linux-3.10.40
Signed-off-by: Brent Taylor <motobud@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Found during code review. This was pretty much
impossible to happen but better safe than sorry.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In the midst of chanctx patch review channel
switching became broken which I failed to notice
until now.
Function ath10k_mac_vif_chan() reports current
chandef which isn't updated until after
switch_vif_chanctx() is returned from.
Consequently the driver just restarted operation
on channels it was residing already instead of
switching to the new ones.
Fixes: 500ff9f938 ("ath10k: implement chanctx API")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
In practice there's no point in having a copy of
chanctx_conf.
Most of the time the channel pointer (and band
along with it) is accessed and this can't change
after a chanctx is created because switching is
done using explicit chanctx swapping via
switch_vif_chanctx().
The only thing that can change within a
chanctx_conf and is used by the driver is
radar_enabled and channel width. These are however
always accessed in adequate mac80211 callback
context which guarantees safe access to the
chanctx data.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Channel contexts aren't iterable until after
they've been added to the driver. The code assumed
otherwise.
This problem could result in:
* rx_channel being NULL and forcing Rx path to go
the slow way to get channel on QCA988X,
* report incorrect channel when running
multi-channel on QCA61X4 hw2.1,
* report incorrect channel after AP channel
switch.
Fixes: 500ff9f938 ("ath10k: implement chanctx API")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
mete_data is extracted from ce descriptor and stored in variable 'id'.
later, id is not used anywhere in the same function.
Fixes: d84a512dca ("ath10k: remove transfer_id from ath10k_hif_cb::tx_completion")
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
When wmi mgmt event function fails to parse given skb,
it should be freed on failure condition to avoid memory
leaks. Found this during the code review.
Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
If we run into an error during rx we set the the error code in ret, but override
it afterwards. Using a different variable for the extra case avoids this
situation.
CID: 1226982, 1226983
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch corrects addresses of acceptance filters. These registers are not in
use, but values should be correct. Tested with MCP2515 and am3352 and also
checked datasheets for MCP2515 and MCP2510.
Signed-off-by: Tomas Krcka <tomas.krcka@nkgroup.cz>
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Fix the device tree entries to modify the '_' to '-'.
Also changes the names of the internal delay properties
from -int- to -internal- as the -int- appeared as a keyword.
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the AFE_TX_CONFIG value to solve marginal rise/fall issues
observed when the link is operating in 100BaseT. This workaround applies
to GPHY revisions D0, E0 and newer.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RGMII block is currently only powered on when using RGMII or
RGMII_NO_ID, which is not correct when using the GENET interface in MII
or Reverse MII modes. We always need to power on the RGMII interface for
this block to properly work, regardless of the MII mode in which we
operate.
Fixes: aa09677cba ("net: bcmgenet: add MDIO routines")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pci_dma_burst_advice() was added by e24c2d963a ("[PATCH] PCI: DMA
bursting advice") but apparently never used. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu> # microblaze
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems Broadcom released two devices with conflicting device id. There
are for sure 14e4:4321 PCI devices with BCM4321 (N-PHY) chipset, they
can be found in routers, e.g. Netgear WNR834Bv2. However, according to
Broadcom public sources 0x4321 is also used for 5 GHz BCM4306 (G-PHY).
It's unsure if they meant PCI device id, or "virtual" id (from SPROM).
To distinguish these devices lets check PHY type (G vs. N).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # 3.16+
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
As we plan to add support for platform NVRAM we should store direct
data pointer without the extra struct firmware layer. This will allow
us to support other sources with the only requirement being u8 buffer.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Most drivers use FIF_OTHER_BSS to set promiscous mode. Let us
follow their lead even though it doesn't match exactly the HW
filter flags.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Make sure .disconnect() doesn't cleanup the device if
.resume() failed. This may happen when device is removed
during suspend.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Users of older Ralink devices report that received frames
sometimes have zero length. Watch out for that.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This allows e.g. user space to use /sys/class/ieee80211/*/macaddress
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Recently Broadcom added support for NVRAMs with entries for multiple
PCIe devices. One of the supported formats is based on prefixes defined
like: devpath0=pcie/1/4/ and entries like 0:foo=bar 0:baz=qux etc.
Unfortunately there are also a bit older devices using different way of
defining prefixes, e.g. SmartRG SR400ac (2 x BCM43602) with entries:
devpath0=pci/1/1/
devpath1=pci/2/1
Broadcom stated this old format will never be used/supported by brcmfmac
but given the simplicity of this patch I'll insist on supporting it.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It was observed that AP beacons would not reflect correct regulatory
information upon starting AP in A band. This was because of missing
AP config band update in set_channel of start_ap.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes semantic warning for debugging data dump feature.
Previous code is based on the assumption that skb is not null.
New change makes sure that we already have data buffer.
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <liuzy@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
After physical reconnect, the rtl8192cu chipset shows low
transmission rates.It cause is that variable "iqk_initialized"
do not de-initialized. So I add this code.
Signed-off-by: Taehee Yoo <ap420073@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Negative adapter->tx_pending is observed while running data traffic,
because tx_pending is decreased once more for AMSDU packet.
since tx_pending have been decreased for all the source MSDU packets,
we don't need to update once more for AMSDU packet.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes issue with the accessing correct ra_list by
downgrading corresponding tid number.
Alternatively, ra lists are created in mwifiex_wmm_add_buf_txqueue
using downgraded tid number.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This was missing and would cause issue in WMM handling.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This would enable driver to enter powersave as soon as connected.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
We often see ADDBA request packets coming to driver because driver
has registered for action frame subtype. We dont process BA action
frames in host; drop such frames.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Xinmin Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Earlier only RSN, WPA and channel switch IEs from tail buffer would
be downloaded to FW.
This patch adds support for downloading more IEs from tail buffer.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support to parse power constraint IEs from
Tail buffer. This power constraint is then set to FW during
bss_config download.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch extend cfg80211 dump_station handler, support for
dump stations associated to mwifiex micro AP.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch add sta_list firmware command, which can be used
to get power status and rssi for the stations associated to
mwifiex micro AP.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch maintain statistic information for the stations associated
to the mwifiex micro AP, include tx/rx bytes/packets, signal strength,
tx bitrate.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch add cfg80211 get_channel handler for mwifiex.
The handler will be used to report current channel to upper
layer utility.
Signed-off-by: Xinming Hu <huxm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds support to disable ongoing CAC in FW upon
detecting radar during CAC period.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch fixes an issue where we were still setting 11h_active
flag to true for channel defs where DFS is not required.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
BSS reset would reset all state information in FW.
Issue 11d config command after reset to enabled 11d in FW.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This would enable clearing of FW bss data structures when AP
operations are stopped.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Correct bss_type assignment in add_virtual_interface.
This would ensure correct operation in multiple station scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
This patch adds more detailed information about association failures
- reason and states.
Signed-off-by: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
AR93xx and newer needs to stop rx before tx to avoid getting the DMA
engine or MAC into a stuck state.
This should reduce/fix the occurence of "Failed to stop Tx DMA" logspam.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Delete jump to a label on the next line, when that label is not
used elsewhere.
A simplified version of the semantic patch that makes this change is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@r@
identifier l;
@@
-if (...) goto l;
-l:
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Link failures have been observed when using the KSZ9031 with HP 1810-8G
and HP 1910-8G network switches. Center the FLP timing at 16ms to help
avoid intermittent link failures.
>From the KSZ9031RNX and KSZ9031MNX data sheets revision 2.2, section
"Auto-Negotiation Timing":
The KSZ9031[RNX or MNX] Fast Link Pulse (FLP) burst-to-burst
transmit timing for Auto-Negotiation defaults to 8ms. IEEE 802.3
Standard specifies this timing to be 16ms +/-8ms. Some PHY link
partners need to receive the FLP with 16ms centered timing;
otherwise, there can be intermittent link failures and long
link-up times.
The PHY data sheet recommends configuring the FLP burst registers after
power-up/reset and immediately thereafter restarting auto-negotiation, so
we center the FLP timing at 16ms and then restart auto-negotiation in the
config_init for KSZ9031.
Signed-off-by: Jaeden Amero <jaeden.amero@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are some defines for a few pad skew related extended registers.
Specify for which MMD Address (dev_addr) they are for.
Signed-off-by: Jaeden Amero <jaeden.amero@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a few places in this driver, we weren't using const where we could
have. Use const more.
In addition, change the arrays of strings in ksz9031_config_init() to be
not only const, but also static.
Signed-off-by: Jaeden Amero <jaeden.amero@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
API compliance scanning with coccinelle flagged:
./drivers/net/wan/dscc4.c:1036:1-33:
WARNING: timeout (10) seems HZ dependent
./drivers/net/wan/dscc4.c:554:2-34:
WARNING: timeout (10) seems HZ dependent
./drivers/net/wan/dscc4.c:599:2-34:
WARNING: timeout (10) seems HZ dependent
Numeric constants passed to schedule_timeout_*() make the effective
timeout HZ dependent which does not seem to be the intent here.
Fixed up by converting the constant to jiffies with msecs_to_jiffies(),
passing 100ms (assuming HZ==100 in the original code).
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
API compliance scanning with coccinelle flagged:
./drivers/net/wan/cosa.c:520:2-18: WARNING:
timeout (30) seems HZ dependent
Numeric constants passed to schedule_timeout() make the effective
timeout HZ dependent which makes little sense in a device probe.
Fixed up by converting the constant to jiffies with msecs_to_jiffies()
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix static checker warnings in the flow of system guid query.
Fixes: 707c4602cd ('net/mlx5_core: Add new query HCA vport commands')
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the driver gets unregistered a call to netif_napi_del() was
missing, this all was also missing in the error paths of
b44_init_one().
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use time_is_before_eq_jiffies macro for time comparison
Signed-off-by: Antonio Murdaca <antonio.murdaca@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are several places in the driver (all in control paths) where
coherent dma memory is being allocated using either dma_alloc_coherent()
or the deprecated pci_alloc_consistent(). All these calls should be
changed to use dma_zalloc_coherent() to avoid uninitialized fields in
data structures backed by this memory.
Reported-by: Joerg Roedel <jroedel@suse.de>
Tested-by: Joerg Roedel <jroedel@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@avagotech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current driver adjust freq formula is:
fe * diff = ppb * pc
Note:
fe: ENET ref clock frequency in Hz
diff = inc_corr - inc: difference between default increment and correction increment
ppb: parts per billion adjustment from base
pc: correction period (in number of fe clock cycles)
The correction increment will be used after N cycles of regular increments,
not every N cycles (with N being the correction period). For example, set ENET_ATCOR=4,
INC=8, INC_CORR=9, there will be 4 increments of 8 (ENET_ATINC[INC]) , followed by 1
increment of 9 (ENET_ATINC[INC_CORR]).
So, the correct formula is:
fe * diff = ppb * (pc + 1)
For ENET_ATCOR, a value 0 disables the correction counter and no corrections occur.
So base on the origin formula, set pc = pc > 1 ? pc - 1 : pc.
Signed-off-by: Fugang Duan <B38611@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Li <Frank.Li@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove sparse warnings:
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:65:16: warning: cast removes
address space of expression
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:70:9: warning: cast removes
address space of expression
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:127:16: warning: cast
removes address space of expression
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:137:9: warning: cast removes
address space of expression
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:409:3: warning: symbol
'temac_options' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/net/ethernet/xilinx/ll_temac_main.c:590:6: warning: symbol
'temac_adjust_link' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dump useful ring statistics along with interrupt status, software
maintained pointers and hardware registers to help troubleshoot TX queue
stalls.
When a timeout occurs, disable TX NAPI for the rings, dump their states
while interrupts are disabled, re-enable interrupts, NAPI and queue flow
control to help with the recovery.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ethtool -S on a DSA interface can deadlock for some switches because
the same lock is taken twice. Use the register read function which
expects the lock to be already held.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Fixes: 31888234b7 ("net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Replace stats mutex with SMI mutex")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The debug is printing the struct smt_header * address using
the %x format specifier. Fix it to use %p instead.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since the Tx timer function runs in softirq context the driver needs
to call disable_irq_nosync instead of a disable_irq.
Reported-by: Josh Stone <jistone@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix:
drivers/net/wan/dscc4.c: In function 'dscc4_open':
drivers/net/wan/dscc4.c:1049:25: warning: variable 'ppriv' set but not used
[-Wunused-but-set-variable]
This has been in there unused since 1da177e4c3 (Linux-2.6.12-rc2) simply
remove it.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch removes the hardware auto acknowdledge flag which indicates
that the transceiver supports this handling. This flag is never
evaluated inside mac802154 and all transceivers should support this
handling by default per hardware.
Suggested-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the virtual interface structure from sub if data
struct, because it isn't used anywhere. This structure could be useful
for give per interface information at softmac driver layer. Nevertheless
there exist no use case currently and it contains the interface type
information currently. This information is also stored inside wpan dev
which is now used to check on the wpan dev interface type.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The patch e85c9a7abf: ("cxgb4/cxgb4vf: Add code to calculate T5 BAR2
Offsets for SGE Queue Registers") from Dec 3, 2014, leads to the
following static checker warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4/t4_hw.c:5358
t4_bar2_sge_qregs()
warn: should '(qid >> qpp_shift) << page_shift' be a 64 bit type?
This patch fixes it
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The TP_PIO_{ADDR,DATA} registers are are in conflict with the firmware's
use of these registers. Added a routine to access it through FW LDST
cmd.
Access all TP_PIO_{ADDR,DATA} register access through new routine if FW
is alive. If firmware is dead, than fall back to indirect access.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Grab the Adapter MAC Address out of the VPD and use it for the "debug"
network interface when either we can't contact the firmware
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
t4_link_start() was completely misnamed. It does _not_ start up the
link. It merely does the L1 Configuration for the link. The Link Up
process is started automatically by the firmware when the number of
enabled Virtual Interfaces on a port goes from 0 to 1. So renaming
this routine to t4_link_l1cfg() for better documentation.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add function to flush the sge ec context cache, and utilize
this new function in the driver
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Free VI interfaces in remove routine. If we don't do this then the
firmware will never drop the physical link to the peer.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If SRIOV is enabled we need to be in VEB mode not VEPA mode at probe.
This fixes an NPAR bug when SRIOV is enabled in the BIOS.
Change-ID: Ibf006abafd9a0ca3698ec24848cd771cf345cbbc
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The patch fixes a bug in the default configuration which
prevented a software bridge loaded on the PF interface from
working correctly because broadcast packets are incorrectly
looped back.
Fix the general case, by loading the driver in VEPA mode Until a
VF or VMDq VSI is added. This way loopback on the Main VSI is
turned off until needed and can resolve the issue of unnecessary
reflection for users that do not have VF or VMDq VSIs setup.
The driver must now coordinate the loopback setting for the Flow
Director (FDIR) VSI to make sure it is in sync with the current
VEB or VEPA mode setting.
The user can still switch bridge modes from the bridge commands and
choose to be in VEPA mode with VF VSIs. Because of hardware
requirements, the call to switch to VEB mode when no VF/VMDqs are
present will be rejected.
NOTE: This patch uses BIT_ULL as that is preferred going forward,
a followup patch in the lower priority queue to net-next will fix
up the remaining 1 << usages.
Change-ID: Ib121ddb18fe4b3c4f52e9deda6fcbeb9105683d1
Signed-off-by: Anjali Singhai Jain <anjali.singhai@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Brandeburg <jesse.brandeburg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jim Young <james.m.young@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Ethernet functionality is only available when working in ISSI > 0 mode.
Previously, the IB driver wasn't ready to work on that mode, and hence
building both the IB driver and the Ethernet functionality in the core
driver were disallowed by Kconfigs.
Now, once we have all the pre-steps in place, we can remove this limitation.
The last steps in the IB driver for getting that setup to work are:
create dummy SRQ for the driver's use (until now we could use XRC_SRQ
as SRQ and XRC_SRQ, after moving to ISSI > 0, we separate XRC SRQs from
basic SRQs) and adapt the create QP function to be compatible with ISSI > 0.
Signed-off-by: Haggai Abramovsky <hagaya@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add the following helpers:
1. mlx5_query_port_proto_oper -- queries the port speed port mask
2. mlx5_query_port_link_width_oper - queries the port link with bitmask
3. mlx5_query_port_vl_hw_cap - queries the Virtual Lanes supported on this port
These helpers will be used from the IB driver when working in ISSI > 0 mode.
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Until now, mlx5_query_port_ptys always queried port number one.
Added new argument in the function's prototype so we can also query
the second port. This will be needed when thr helper will be invoked
from the IB driver on non FPP (Function-Per-Port) devices.
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the function prototypes for max and operational mtu to take the
local port number. In the Ethernet driver is this hard coded to one,
since ConnectX4 Ethernet devices are always function-per-port.
The IB driver also serves older devices (ConnectIB) which isn't such,
and hence the part can vary.
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add two wrapper functions to the query adapter command:
1. mlx5_query_board_id -- replaces the old mlx5_cmd_query_adapter.
2. mlx5_core_query_vendor_id -- retrieves the vendor_id from the
query_adapter command.
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added the implementation for the following commands:
1. QUERY_HCA_VPORT_GID
2. QUERY_HCA_VPORT_PKEY
3. QUERY_HCA_VPORT_CONTEXT
They will be needed when we move to work with ISSI > 0 in the IB driver too.
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the vport header file to be under include/linux/mlx5, such that
the mlx5 IB can use it as well.
Also add nic_ prefix to the vport NIC commands to differeniate between
HCA vport commands and NIC vport commands.
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The determination of the supported ISSI versions should be conditioned
on the returned mask, and not only on the return status of the query
ISSI command, fix that.
Signed-off-by: Haggai Abramovsky <hagaya@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Majd Dibbiny <majd@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When working in ISSI > 0 mode, the model exposed by the device for
XRCs and SRQs is different. XRCs use XRC SRQs and plain SRQs are based
on RPM (Receive Memory Pool).
Add helper functions to create, modify, query, and arm XRC SRQs and RMPs.
Signed-off-by: Haggai Abramovsky <hagaya@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some core helper functions were named with mlx5_ only prefix, fix that to
mlx5_core_ so we're aligned with the overall scheme used for core services.
Signed-off-by: Haggai Abramovsky <hagaya@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch afb736e933: "net/mlx5: Ethernet resource handling files"
from May 28, 2015, leads to the following static checker warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_flow_table.c:726 mlx5e_create_main_flow_table()
error: potential null dereference 'g'. (kcalloc returns null)
Fixes: afb736e933 ("net/mlx5: Ethernet resource handling files")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Amir Vadai <amirv@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds full IPv6 addresses into flow_keys and uses them as
input to the flow hash function. The implementation supports either
IPv4 or IPv6 addresses in a union, and selector is used to determine
how may words to input to jhash2.
We also add flow_get_u32_dst and flow_get_u32_src functions which are
used to get a u32 representation of the source and destination
addresses. For IPv6, ipv6_addr_hash is called. These functions retain
getting the legacy values of src and dst in flow_keys.
With this patch, Ethertype and IP protocol are now included in the
flow hash input.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ath10k:
* qca6174 power consumption improvements, enable ASPM etc (Michal)
wil6210:
* support Wi-Fi Simple Configuration in STA mode
iwlwifi:
* a few fixes (re-enablement of interrupts for certain new
platforms that have special power states)
* Rework completely the RBD allocation model towards new
multi RX hardware.
* cleanups
* scan reworks continuation (Luca)
mwifiex:
* improve firmware debug functionality
rtlwifi:
* update regulatory database
brcmfmac:
* cleanup and new feature support in PCIe code
* alternative nvram loading for router support
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.11 (GNU/Linux)
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJVb1cPAAoJEG4XJFUm622bP0oIAKhUBlC3rtrOJd+9kREAGUJQ
Dk2xZr/p6hdb4dSHHKKroBr5mfryHknSs+AI5akJMph36DoBMD+Mwb4HlcL9cI5J
RXIjIvQEADsK+6ME7cqnw2htWlYsX8aJI96/2Eusveo/zHyAG3+eBC3wkyqWBlBK
EGV5ziClSe5pE5yGWj5tyr9me+qRQiO+dFJK1AoRE3Zq4pjj+5VDZoVQN0GNZGP7
lgeNOzvPxWt+ZseslP8IeCedN5c+NpacD889NnQJyMXaouSp7LmMod000bjnKK8o
9sRHsKxI5qHgC4mUa3Tk3cEnFqVYAo8KKOVaBVtKsMc4XoO/Qov6Z0AtXig5Xnk=
=CM/T
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'wireless-drivers-next-for-davem-2015-06-03' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/kvalo/wireless-drivers-next
Kalle Valo says:
====================
new driver mt7601u for MediaTek Wi-Fi devices MT7601U
ath10k:
* qca6174 power consumption improvements, enable ASPM etc (Michal)
wil6210:
* support Wi-Fi Simple Configuration in STA mode
iwlwifi:
* a few fixes (re-enablement of interrupts for certain new
platforms that have special power states)
* Rework completely the RBD allocation model towards new
multi RX hardware.
* cleanups
* scan reworks continuation (Luca)
mwifiex:
* improve firmware debug functionality
rtlwifi:
* update regulatory database
brcmfmac:
* cleanup and new feature support in PCIe code
* alternative nvram loading for router support
====================
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/Kconfig
Trivial conflict in iwlwifi Kconfig, two commits adding
the same two chip numbers to the help text, but order
transposed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove ethtool get/set support for wake on lan, adapter doesn't support
it.
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support in ethtool to dump loopback port statistics
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support in ethtool to dump adapter channel stats
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ethtool support to get adapter specific hardware statistics
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, two of the branches are dead code, since an earlier smaller
substring would have been found ("TP" in the "TP_NW" case and either
of "BNC" and "AUI" in the "BNC_AUI" case). Rearrange the strstr()
calls so that the longer strings are searched for first.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <linux@rasmusvillemoes.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2015-06-03
This series contains updates to e1000e only.
Yanir provides 8 fixes and 1 version bump for e1000e. First fix resolves
a possible unit hang if multiple descriptors are available in the rings
during reset or runtime suspend. Fixed a warning on SPARC compile based
on a suggested solution from Alex Duyck. Fixed a logical error, where
a "if" condition under which a flush should occur, was revered. Fixed
a hardware issue that prevented i219 from working in legacy interrupts
mode. Fixed the hardware clock configuration and suprious non-linear
increment. Lastly, fixed a system hang which occurred during execution
of "ethtool -t <NIC>", by disabling MULR for the loopback test to avoid
the hand state.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix typo in mlx4_set_vf_mac
Acked-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Carol L Soto <clsoto@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If mlx4_enable_sriov is called by adapter without this
feature MLX4_DEV_CAP_FLAG2_SYS_EQS then during this path the function alloc
icm is called twice without freeing the structures from the first time.
Acked-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Carol L Soto <clsoto@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If user loads mlx4_core with num_vfs greater than
supported then variable dev->dev_vfs is freed 2 times after unloading the
driver.
Acked-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Carol L Soto <clsoto@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This code in drivers/net/ethernet/dec/tulip/uli526x.c
function "uli526x_timer":
1086 } else
1087 if ((tmp_cr12 & 0x3) && db->link_failed) {
[...snip...]
1109 }
1110 else if(!(tmp_cr12 & 0x3) && db->link_failed)
1111 {
[...snip...]
1117 }
1118 db->init=0;
is misleadingly indented: the
db->init=0
is indented as if part of the else clause at line 1086, but it is
independent of it (no braces before the "if" at line 1087).
This patch fixes the indentation to reflect the actual meaning of the code,
though is it actually meant to be part of the "else" clause? (I'm a
compiler developer, not a kernel person). It also adds spaces around
the assignment, to placate checkpatch.pl.
Seen via an experimental new gcc warning I'm working on for gcc 6,
-Wmisleading-indentation, using gcc r223098 adding
-Werror=misleading-indentation to KBUILD_CFLAGS in Makefile.
The experimental GCC emits this warning (as an error), rightly IMHO:
drivers/net/ethernet/dec/tulip/uli526x.c: In function ‘uli526x_timer’:
drivers/net/ethernet/dec/tulip/uli526x.c:1118:3: error: statement is
indented as if it were guarded by... [-Werror=misleading-indentation]
db->init=0;
^
drivers/net/ethernet/dec/tulip/uli526x.c:1086:4: note: ...this ‘else’
clause, but it is not
} else
^
Hope this is helpful
Dave
Signed-off-by: David Malcolm <dmalcolm@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support for the TI dp83867 Gigabit ethernet phy
device.
The DP83867 is a robust, low power, fully featured
Physical Layer transceiver with integrated PMD
sublayers to support 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX and
1000BASE-T Ethernet protocols.
Signed-off-by: Dan Murphy <dmurphy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
use the time_after_eq macro for jiffies comparison operation
Signed-off-by: Antonio Murdaca <antonio.murdaca@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When CONFIG_RFS_ACCEL or SMP aren't set, we fail to build, fix it.
Also, avoid build warning as of unused function on that setup.
Fixes: c66fa19c40 ('net/mlx4: Add EQ pool')
Reported-by: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bump the version to reflect the driver changes and bug fixes for i219.
Also update the copyright, while we are at it.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
System would hang during execution of "ethtool -t <NIC>" for the same
reason that required flushing the descriptor rings. This fix disables
MULR for the loopback test to avoid the hang state.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Two issues involving systim were reported.
1. Clock is not running in the correct frequency
2. In some situations, systim values were not incremented linearly
This patch fixes the hardware clock configuration and the spurious
non-linear increment.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This fix handles a hardware issue that prevented i219 from
working in legacy interrupts mode (IntMode=0)
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The indication that a descriptor ring flush is required was read from
FEXTNVM7 by mistake. It should be read from the PCI config space.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The condition under which the flush should occur was reversed. The fix
should be applied before any HW reset (unless followed by bus reset)
and before any power state transition from D0.
If E1000_FEXTNVM7_NEED_DESCRING_FLUSH bit is set in FEXTNVM7 and TDLEN > 0
the Tx ring should be flushed. (fixes ~95% of the hang states).
If the E1000_FEXTNVM7_NEED_DESCRING_FLUSH did not clear, we should also
flush the RX ring. Bug was caught by Alexander Duyck during a code review
when examining this fix.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fixes a warning that was reported by Yanjiang Jin
<yanjiang.jin@windriver.com> by implementing the solution suggested by
Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
After testing various cases, the conclusion is that the fix MUST be
executed BEFORE any event that the HW is reset or transition to D3.
To fix that I moved the execution to the relevant places but per
Alexander Duyck's review, ensure now that the DMA is valid and was not
freed before manipulating the ring.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Unit hang may occur if multiple descriptors are available in the rings
during reset or runtime suspend. This state can be detected by testing
bit 8 in the FEXTNVM7 register. If this bit is set and there are pending
descriptors in one of the rings, we must flush them prior to reset. Same
applies entering runtime suspend.
Signed-off-by: Yanir Lubetkin <yanirx.lubetkin@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Nothing in <asm/io.h> uses anything from <linux/vmalloc.h>, so
remove it from there and fix up the resulting build problems
triggered on x86 {64|32}-bit {def|allmod|allno}configs.
The breakages were triggering in places where x86 builds relied
on vmalloc() facilities but did not include <linux/vmalloc.h>
explicitly and relied on the implicit inclusion via <asm/io.h>.
Also add:
- <linux/init.h> to <linux/io.h>
- <asm/pgtable_types> to <asm/io.h>
... which were two other implicit header file dependencies.
Suggested-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
[ Tidied up the changelog. ]
Acked-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Acked-by: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@intel.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Anton Vorontsov <anton@enomsg.org>
Cc: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com>
Cc: Colin Cross <ccross@android.com>
Cc: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Cc: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
Cc: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Cc: James E.J. Bottomley <JBottomley@odin.com>
Cc: Jaroslav Kysela <perex@perex.cz>
Cc: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Cc: Kristen Carlson Accardi <kristen@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
Cc: Suma Ramars <sramars@cisco.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
platforms that have special power states)
* Rework completely the RBD allocation model towards new
multi RX hardware.
* cleanups
* scan reworks continuation (Luca)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=9GDL
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'iwlwifi-next-for-kalle-2015-06-03' of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/iwlwifi/iwlwifi-next
* a few fixes (re-enablement of interrupts for certain new
platforms that have special power states)
* Rework completely the RBD allocation model towards new
multi RX hardware.
* cleanups
* scan reworks continuation (Luca)
After the new ciphers CCMP-256 and GCMP-128/256 were implemented,
wpa_supplicant could start negotiating them and use the software
implementation. This, however, breaks D3 behaviour in the driver
since it means that WoWLAN will not be possible.
To avoid breaking that feature, advertise only ciphers that the
hardware supports.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Add DC2DC_CONFIG_CMD (0x83) cmd.
Add IWL_UCODE_TLV_CAPA_DC2DC_CONFIG_SUPPORT tlv.
The command allows the driver get & set the DCDC's frequency tune.
(freq_tune is the divider that is used to calculate the actual DCDC's
clock rate)
The command always returns the current/updated frequency tune values of
the DCDC.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The firmwares that used these commands is not supported
anymore. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Currently, loading the firmware fails when it has higher API or CAPA
bits than the driver supports. That's an issue with integration.
At the same time, actually using api[0] and capa[0] will become
confusing when we also have api[1] and capa[1], and it's almost
certain that we'll mix up the bits and use the bits for api[1] with
api[0] by accident.
Avoid all this by translating the API/CAPA bits to the regular kernel
test_bit() format, and also providing wrapper functions. Also use the
__bitwise__ facility of sparse to check that we're testing the right
one.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
As pointed out by smatch, there's no need for a loop that always
immediately terminates. Use an if statement instead and while at
it clean up the mvmvif initialization.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Since the firmware is responsible for duration calculation, the
driver can easily support fast-xmit.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Since the firmware is responsible for duration calculation, the
driver can easily support fast-xmit.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
As a preperation for multiple RX queues change the RBD
allocation model.
The new model includes a background allocator. The allocator is
called by the interrupt handler when there are two released
buffers by the queue, and the allocator starts allocating eight
pages per request.
When the queue has released 8 pages it tries claiming the
request. If the pages are not ready - it keeps claiming.
This new model should make sure that RBDs are always available
across the multiple queues.
The RBDs are transferred between the allocator and the queue.
The queue moves the free RBDs upon freeing them to the allocator.
The allocator moves them back to the queue's possession when the
request is claimed.
The allocator has an initial pool to make sure there are always RBDs
available for the request completion.
Release of the buffers at exit is done per pools - the allocator
frees its own initial pool and the queue frees its own pool.
Existing code refactor -
-Queue's initial pool is the size of the queue only as the allocation
of the new buffers no longer uses this pool.
-Removal of replenish background work, and replenish calls in the
interrupt handler and restock().
-The replenish() and the rxq used_list are used only during
initialization.
-Moved page allocation to a new function for code reuse.
New code -
Allocator code - new structure and functions.
Interrupt handler uses the allocator functions for replenishing buffers.
Reuse of the restock() method.
Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
On resume, all the interrupts are masked (CSR_INT_MASK is 0),
and ict is disabled.
Re-configure them both.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Don't use EBS for P2P find to make sure we find all GOs in
our only attempt.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Currently EBS status in scan complete notifications is set to
success if EBS wasn't activated. FW will add a special return
value for cases when EBS wasn't activated and we add a print
of this status.
This change is needed for debug only, no behavior changes.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Allow a cleaner way to access those hw-dependent registers,
instead of using the product family type etc.
Signed-off-by: Avri Altman <avri.altman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
This adds the MIPI mode type to the types declared supported
by the driver. Without this patch, when using MIPI mode and
looking at the logs the user would see the debug destination
"UNKNOWN".
Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
A minor refactoring for following patches.
This enables the reuse of the checks functions.
type=cleanup
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
The variable translate is bool type. So assigning true instead of 1.
Signed-off-by: Shailendra Verma <shailendra.capricorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Currently device dump generated in the driver is retrieved
using ethtool set/get dump commands. We will get rid of
ethtool approach and use devcoredump framework.
Device dump can be trigger by
cat /debugfs/mwifiex/mlanX/device_dump
and when the dump operation is completed, data can be read by
cat /sys/class/devcoredump/devcdX/data
We have prepared following script to split device dump data
into multiple files.
[root]# cat mwifiex_split_dump_data.sh
#!/bin/bash
# usage: ./mwifiex_split_dump_data.sh dump_data
fw_dump_data=$1
mem_type="driverinfo ITCM DTCM SQRAM APU CIU ICU MAC"
for name in ${mem_type[@]}
do
sed -n "/Start dump $name/,/End dump/p" $fw_dump_data > tmp.$name.log
if [ ! -s tmp.$name.log ]
then
rm -rf tmp.$name.log
else
#Remove the describle info "Start dump" and "End dump"
sed '1d' tmp.$name.log | sed '$d' > /data/$name.log
if [ -s /data/$name.log ]
then
echo "generate /data/$name.log"
else
sed '1d' tmp.$name.log | sed '$d' > /var/$name.log
echo "generate /var/$name.log"
fi
rm -rf tmp.$name.log
fi
done
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Currently we are dumping driver information also inside
firmware dump API. We will call it as device dump and
dump driver and firmware data separately.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Small letters are used in debug messages to match coding style
at other places.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
Currently we are dumping driver information only for SDIO
interface. This patch adds missing mwifiex_dump_drv_info()
call for PCIe interface.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
As drv_info_dump pointer doesn't get reset, we may end up
freeing the allocated memory twice.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
It's been observed that firmware doesn't go back to normal
state when all firmware memories are dumped. As a result,
further commands are blocked. This happens due to missing
driver change of writing READ DONE to control register for
SDIO interface.
This patch adds a missing change to fix the problem.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Cathy Luo <cluo@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@codeaurora.org>
If any VF is assigned as the PF is unloaded, do not attempt to
remove its vport or the vswitch. These will be removed if the
driver binds to the PF again, as an entity reset occurs during
probe.
A 'force' flag is added to efx_ef10_pci_sriov_disable() to
distinguish between disabling SR-IOV and driver unload.
SR-IOV cannot be disabled if VFs are assigned to guests.
If the PF driver is unloaded while VFs are assigned, the driver
may try to bind to the VF again at a later point if the driver
has been reloaded and the VF returns to the same domain as the PF.
In this case, the PF will not have a VF data structure, so the VF
can check this and drop out of probe early.
In this case, efx->vf_count will be zero but VFs will be present.
The user is advised to remove the VF and re-create it. The check
at the beginning of efx_ef10_pci_sriov_disable() that
efx->vf_count is non-zero is removed to allow SR-IOV to be
disabled in this case. Also, if the PF driver is unloaded, it
will disable SR-IOV to remove these unknown VFs.
By not disabling bus-mastering if VFs are still assigned, the VF
will continue to pass traffic after the PF has been removed.
When using the max_vfs module parameter, if VFs are already
present do not try to initialise any more.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the driver unloads, force the unbind and removal of any
VFs in the host with the PF. The PF cannot remove vports and
vswitches if they are still being used by a VF driver, and when
unloading the sfc driver the removal order is not guaranteed,
so the instruction from the PF to the VF to unbind enforces a
suitable ordering so that vswitches and vports can be removed.
As a result of this, manually unbinding the driver from a single
PF will result in all of its VFs in the host also being removed.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ifenslave command to set up a bond runs in an atomic
context, and it queries the stats on the devices that are
being enslaved. A VF needs to make an MCDI call to update
its stats, which is not allowed in atomic context.
The releasing of the stats_lock is moved to the beginning of
the VF stats update function so that in_interrupt() can be
used; it must be taken again before returning from this
function.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The raw_mask array is not initialised, so it needs to be
explicitly set to zero in the 'else' branch.
If the EVB capability is not present, a port cannot have multiple
functions so the per-port MAC stats are correct and should match
the corresponding vadaptor stats, so this redundancy can be
removed from the ethtool stats output.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MC_CMD_MAC_STATS can be called on a function before a
vadaptor has been created, as the kernel can call into this
through ndo_get_stats/ndo_get_stats64.
If MC_CMD_MAC_STATS is called before the DMA queues have been
setup, so that a vadaptor has not been created yet, firmware
will return ENOENT. This is expected, so suppress the MCDI
error message in this case.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netdevice statistics (in /proc/net/dev) are per-function
stats so they must use the vadaptor stats. Change the use of
MAC stats to vadaptor stats, and remove any statistics that
can only be measured per-port. All stats that are removed
will be shown as zeroes when these statistics are displayed.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware does not support a periodic DMA of vadaptor-stats
on VFs, so only update the stats buffer when stats are
requested (when running "ethtool -S" or an ip/ifconfig
command that reports stats).
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All interfaces will display vadaptor statistics, so set all the
relevant bits in the stats bitmask. Only functions with the
LINKCTRL flag will see other stats, including (per-port) MAC stats.
The vadaptor stats are from rx_unicast to tx_overflow.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The port-id must be known so that the RMON level can be
set for the collection of vadapter stats.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The MAC stats are per-port and will only be displayed on the PF
with control of the link (one per physical port). Vadapter stats
will also be displayed for this PF, so distinguish the MAC stats
by adding a prefix of "port_".
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On every adapter there will be one primary PF per adaptor and
one link control PF per port.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change is a stylistic change and does not affect
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the case where we have multiple functions (PFs and VFs), this
sysfs entry is useful to identify the physical port corresponding
to the function we are interested in.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
GFP_KERNEL should be used in the thread context
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <aleksey.makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
No need to cast void* to u8*: pointer arithmetics
works same way for both.
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <aleksey.makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes a copypaste bug that was discovered by a static analysis
tool:
The patch 4863dea3fa: "net: Adding support for Cavium ThunderX
network controller" from May 26, 2015, leads to the following static
checker warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/nicvf_ethtool.c:517
nicvf_set_rxfh()
warn: we tested 'hkey' before and it was 'false'
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/nicvf_ethtool.c
506 /* We do not allow change in unsupported parameters */
507 if (hkey ||
^^^^
We return here.
508 (hfunc != ETH_RSS_HASH_NO_CHANGE && hfunc !=
ETH_RSS_HASH_TOP))
509 return -EOPNOTSUPP;
510
511 rss->enable = true;
512 if (indir) {
513 for (idx = 0; idx < rss->rss_size; idx++)
514 rss->ind_tbl[idx] = indir[idx];
515 }
516
517 if (hkey) {
^^^^
So this is dead code.
518 memcpy(rss->key, hkey, RSS_HASH_KEY_SIZE *
sizeof(u64));
519 nicvf_set_rss_key(nic);
520 }
521
522 nicvf_config_rss(nic);
523 return 0;
524 }
regards,
dan carpenter
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <aleksey.makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes sparse messages like this:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/nicvf_main.c:1141:26: sparse: symbol
'nicvf_get_stats64' was not declared. Should it be static?
Also remove unused declarations
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <aleksey.makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
They were left from development stage
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <aleksey.makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes sparse message:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/nicvf_main.c:385:40: sparse: cast to
restricted __le64
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <aleksey.makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes sparse message:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/nicvf_main.c:153:25: sparse: cast to
restricted __le64
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <aleksey.makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes sparse messages like this:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/thunder_bgx.c:897:24: sparse:
constant 0x300000000000 is so big it is long
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksey Makarov <aleksey.makarov@caviumnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are duplicate NODE_ID macro definitions. Move all of them to
nic.h for usage in nic and bgx driver and introduce nic_get_node_id()
helper function.
This patch also fixes 64bit mask which should have been ULL by
reworking the node calculation.
Signed-off-by: Robert Richter <rrichter@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The naming convention is to always have the flags prefixed with
IEEE80211_HW_ so they're 'namespaced', make this flag follow it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are no drivers setting IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_SLOT_INCAPABLE
or IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_PREAMBLE_INCAPABLE, so any code using the
two flags is dead; it's also exceedingly unlikely that any new driver
could ever need to set these flags.
The wcn36xx code is almost certainly broken, but this preserves the
previous behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The process_mad device function declares some parameters as "in". Make those
parameters const and adjust the call tree under process_mad in the various
drivers accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Hal Rosenstock <hal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/Kconfig
include/net/mac80211.h
iwlwifi/Kconfig and mac80211.h were both trivial overlapping
changes.
The drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c file got removed in 'net-next' and
the bug fix that happened on the 'net' side is already integrated
into the rest of the amd-xgbe driver.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds vnic driver register related changes for T6 adapter
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds NIC driver related changes for T6 adapter. Register related
changes, MC related changes, VF related changes, doorbell related
changes, debugfs changes, etc
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds new macro is_t6 and adds the register address range for T6 adapter
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) Various VTI tunnel (mark handling, PMTU) bug fixes from Alexander
Duyck and Steffen Klassert.
2) Revert ethtool PHY query change, it wasn't correct. The PHY address
selected by the driver running the PHY to MAC connection decides
what PHY address GET ethtool operations return information from.
3) Fix handling of sequence number bits for encryption IV generation in
ESP driver, from Herbert Xu.
4) UDP can return -EAGAIN when we hit a bad checksum on receive, even
when there are other packets in the receive queue which is wrong.
Just respect the error returned from the generic socket recv
datagram helper. From Eric Dumazet.
5) Fix BNA driver firmware loading on big-endian systems, from Ivan
Vecera.
6) Fix regression in that we were inheriting the congestion control of
the listening socket for new connections, the intended behavior
always was to use the default in this case. From Neal Cardwell.
7) Fix NULL deref in brcmfmac driver, from Arend van Spriel.
8) OTP parsing fix in iwlwifi from Liad Kaufman.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (26 commits)
vti6: Add pmtu handling to vti6_xmit.
Revert "net: core: 'ethtool' issue with querying phy settings"
bnx2x: Move statistics implementation into semaphores
xen: netback: read hotplug script once at start of day.
xen: netback: fix printf format string warning
Revert "netfilter: ensure number of counters is >0 in do_replace()"
net: dsa: Properly propagate errors from dsa_switch_setup_one
tcp: fix child sockets to use system default congestion control if not set
udp: fix behavior of wrong checksums
sfc: free multiple Rx buffers when required
bna: fix soft lock-up during firmware initialization failure
bna: remove unreasonable iocpf timer start
bna: fix firmware loading on big-endian machines
bridge: fix br_multicast_query_expired() bug
via-rhine: Resigning as maintainer
brcmfmac: avoid null pointer access when brcmf_msgbuf_get_pktid() fails
mac80211: Fix mac80211.h docbook comments
iwlwifi: nvm: fix otp parsing in 8000 hw family
iwlwifi: pcie: fix tracking of cmd_in_flight
ip_vti/ip6_vti: Preserve skb->mark after rcv_cb call
...
Remove support for legacy ndo ops
.ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid/.ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid. Rocker will use
bridge_setlink/dellink exclusively for VLAN add/del operations.
The legacy ops are needed if using 8021q driver module to setup VLANs on
the port. But an alternative exists in using bridge_setlink/delink to
setup VLANs, which doesn't depend on 8021q module. So rocker will switch
to the newer setlink/dellink ops. VLANs can added/delete from the port,
regardless if port is bridged or not, using the bridge commands:
bridge vlan [add|del] vid VID dev DEV self
(Yes, I agree it's confusing to use the "bridge" command to set a VLAN on a
non-bridged port).
Using setlink/dellink over legacy ops let's us handle the stacked driver
case automatically. It's built-in. setlink also pass additional flags
(PVID, egress untagged) that aren't available with the legacy ops.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the port joins a bridge, the port's internal VLAN ID needs to change
to the bridge's internal VLAN ID. Likewise, when leaving the bridge, the
internal VLAN ID reverts back the port's original internal VLAN ID. (The
internal VLAN ID is used by device to internally mark untagged pkts with
some VLAN, which will eventually be removed on egress...think PVID). When
the internal VLAN ID changes, we need to update the VLAN table entries and
the router MAC entries for IP/IPv6 to reflect the new internal VLAN ID.
This patch makes use of the common rocker_port_vlan_add/del functions to
make sure the tables are updated for the current internal VLAN ID.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On port probe, install by default untagged VLAN support. This is
equivalent to running the command:
bridge vlan add vid 0 dev DEV self
A user could, if they wanted, manaully removing untagged support from the
port by running the command:
bridge vlan del vid 0 dev DEV self
But installing it by default on port initialization gives the normal
expected behavior.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Basic house keeping: If there is an error adding the router MAC for this
vlan, removing the just installed VLAN table entry to leave device in same
state as before failure.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When allocating the array of rocker port pointers, zero the array values so
we can test for !NULL to see if port is allocated/registered. We'll need
this later when installing untagged VLAN support for each port, during port
probe. It's a long story, but to install a VLAN (vid=0 for untagged, in
this case) on a port, we'll need to scan other ports to see if the VLAN
group for that VLAN has been setup. To scan the other ports, we need to
walk the port array.
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove unused function cxgb4_enable_db_coalescing() and
cxgb4_disable_db_coalescing()
Signed-off-by: Hariprasad Shenai <hariprasad@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rocker (switch) of a rocker_port may be trivially obtained from
the latter it seems cleaner not to pass the former to a function when
the latter is being passed anyway.
rocker_port_rx_proc() is omitted from this change as it is a hot path case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver allocates one page for each buffer on the rx ring, which is
too much on architectures like ppc64 and can cause unexpected allocation
failures when the system is under stress. Now, we keep a memory pool
per queue, and if the architecture's PAGE_SIZE is greater than 4k, we
fragment pages and assign each 4k segment to a ring element, which
reduces the overall memory consumption on such architectures. This
helps avoiding errors like the example below:
[bnx2x_alloc_rx_sge:435(eth1)]Can't alloc sge
[c00000037ffeb900] [d000000075eddeb4] .bnx2x_alloc_rx_sge+0x44/0x200 [bnx2x]
[c00000037ffeb9b0] [d000000075ee0b34] .bnx2x_fill_frag_skb+0x1ac/0x460 [bnx2x]
[c00000037ffebac0] [d000000075ee11f0] .bnx2x_tpa_stop+0x160/0x2e8 [bnx2x]
[c00000037ffebb90] [d000000075ee1560] .bnx2x_rx_int+0x1e8/0xc30 [bnx2x]
[c00000037ffebcd0] [d000000075ee2084] .bnx2x_poll+0xdc/0x3d8 [bnx2x] (unreliable)
Signed-off-by: Gabriel Krisman Bertazi <krisman@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Reviewed-by: Lino Sanfilippo <LinoSanfilippo@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit dff173de84 ("bnx2x: Fix statistics locking scheme") changed the
bnx2x locking around statistics state into using a mutex - but the lock
is being accessed via a timer which is forbidden.
[If compiled with CONFIG_DEBUG_MUTEXES, logs show a warning about
accessing the mutex in interrupt context]
This moves the implementation into using a semaphore [with size '1']
instead.
Signed-off-by: Yuval Mintz <Yuval.Mintz@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <Ariel.Elior@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we come to tear things down in netback_remove() and generate the
uevent it is possible that the xenstore directory has already been
removed (details below).
In such cases netback_uevent() won't be able to read the hotplug
script and will write a xenstore error node.
A recent change to the hypervisor exposed this race such that we now
sometimes lose it (where apparently we didn't ever before).
Instead read the hotplug script configuration during setup and use it
for the lifetime of the backend device.
The apparently more obvious fix of moving the transition to
state=Closed in netback_remove() to after the uevent does not work
because it is possible that we are already in state=Closed (in
reaction to the guest having disconnected as it shutdown). Being
already in Closed means the toolstack is at liberty to start tearing
down the xenstore directories. In principal it might be possible to
arrange to unregister the device sooner (e.g on transition to Closing)
such that xenstore would still be there but this state machine is
fragile and prone to anger...
A modern Xen system only relies on the hotplug uevent for driver
domains, when the backend is in the same domain as the toolstack it
will run the necessary setup/teardown directly in the correct sequence
wrt xenstore changes.
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
drivers/net/xen-netback/netback.c: In function ‘xenvif_tx_build_gops’:
drivers/net/xen-netback/netback.c:1253:8: warning: format ‘%lu’ expects argument of type ‘long unsigned int’, but argument 5 has type ‘int’ [-Wformat=]
(txreq.offset&~PAGE_MASK) + txreq.size);
^
PAGE_MASK's type can vary by arch, so a cast is needed.
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
----
v2: Cast to unsigned long, since PAGE_MASK can vary by arch.
Acked-by: Wei Liu <wei.liu2@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The VNET_LE flag was introduced to fix accesses to virtio 1.0 headers
that are always little-endian. It can also be used to handle the special
case of a legacy little-endian device implemented by a big-endian host.
Let's add a flag and ioctls for big-endian devices as well. If both flags
are set, little-endian wins.
Since this is isn't a common usecase, the feature is controlled by a kernel
config option (not set by default).
Both macvtap and tun are covered by this patch since they share the same
API with userland.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
The current memory accessors logic is:
- little endian if little_endian
- native endian (i.e. no byteswap) if !little_endian
If we want to fully support cross-endian vhost, we also need to be
able to convert to big endian.
Instead of changing the little_endian argument to some 3-value enum, this
patch changes the logic to:
- little endian if little_endian
- big endian if !little_endian
The native endian case is handled by all users with a trivial helper. This
patch doesn't change any functionality, nor it does add overhead.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kurz <gkurz@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Cornelia Huck <cornelia.huck@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: David Gibson <david@gibson.dropbear.id.au>
There have been concerns that the function names gpiod_set_array() and
gpiod_get_array() might be confusing to users. One might expect
gpiod_get_array() to return array values, while it is actually the array
counterpart of gpiod_get(). To be consistent with the single descriptor API
we could rename gpiod_set_array() to gpiod_set_array_value(). This makes
some function names a bit lengthy: gpiod_set_raw_array_value_cansleep().
Signed-off-by: Rojhalat Ibrahim <imr@rtschenk.de>
Acked-by: Alexandre Courbot <acourbot@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Some of of qca988x solutions are having global reset issue
during target initialization. Bypassing PLL setting before
downloading firmware and letting the SoC run on REF_CLK is fixing
the problem. Corresponding firmware change is also needed to set
the clock source once the target is initialized. Since 10.2.4
firmware is having this ROM patch, applying skip_clock_init only
for 10.2.4 firmware versions.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Use the timer API function setup_timer instead of structure field
assignments to initialize a timer.
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch that performs
this transformation is as follows:
@change@
expression e, func, da;
@@
-init_timer (&e);
+setup_timer (&e, func, da);
-e.data = da;
-e.function = func;
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the timer API function setup_timer instead of structure field
assignments to initialize a timer.
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch that performs
this transformation is as follows:
@change@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4, a, b;
@@
-init_timer(&e1);
+setup_timer(&e1, a, b);
... when != a = e2
when != b = e3
-e1.function = a;
... when != b = e4
-e1.data = b;
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the timer API function setup_timer instead of structure field
assignments to initialize a timer.
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch that performs
this transformation is as follows:
@change@
expression e1, e2, e3, e4, a, b;
@@
-init_timer(&e1);
+setup_timer(&e1, a, b);
... when != a = e2
when != b = e3
-e1.data = b;
... when != a = e4
-e1.function = a;
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the timer API function setup_timer instead of structure field
assignments to initialize a timer.
A simplified version of the Coccinelle semantic patch that performs
this transformation is as follows:
@change@
expression e, func, da;
@@
-init_timer (&e);
+setup_timer (&e, func, da);
-e.data = da;
-e.function = func;
Signed-off-by: Vaishali Thakkar <vthakkar1994@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When Rx packet data must be dropped, all the buffers
associated with that Rx packet must be freed. Extend
and rename efx_free_rx_buffer() to efx_free_rx_buffers()
and loop through all the fragments.
By doing so this patch fixes a possible memory leak.
Signed-off-by: Shradha Shah <sshah@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
more things for -next:
* disconnect TDLS stations on CSA to avoid issues
* fix a memory leak introduced in a recent commit
* switch rfkill and cfg80211 to PM ops
* in an unlikely scenario, prevent a bookkeeping
value to get corrupted leading to dropped packets
* fix a crash in VLAN assignment
* switch rfkill-gpio to more modern gpiod API
* send disconnected event to userspace with proper
local/remote indication
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=KmwY
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-05-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg says:
====================
As we get closer to the merge window, here are a few
more things for -next:
* disconnect TDLS stations on CSA to avoid issues
* fix a memory leak introduced in a recent commit
* switch rfkill and cfg80211 to PM ops
* in an unlikely scenario, prevent a bookkeeping
value to get corrupted leading to dropped packets
* fix a crash in VLAN assignment
* switch rfkill-gpio to more modern gpiod API
* send disconnected event to userspace with proper
local/remote indication
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch updates the current channel to 11. This is the default
value on reset.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
CC2520 has the default 0dBm transmit power level on reset.
This patch update initial value of transmit power with 0dBm value.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Cc: Brad Campbell <bradjc5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for seeting tx power values for cc2520
and also for the combination of CC2520-CC2591.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Cc: Brad Campbell <bradjc5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch changes tha way of handling of cc2591-cc2520 combination
by moving amplified variable from platform data to private data.
This will be useful in other sections like tx power support.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Cc: Brad Campbell <bradjc5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Initially we dont have the tx power settings from the user-space.
Now we have the support for seeting the tx power level.
So lets use the default tx power setting for the radio.
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Cc: Brad Campbell <bradjc5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Atusb uses the at86rf231 transceiver so we can use the same calculation
for txpower settings for it.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
With this function we can set individual bits in the registers if needed.
With the old SR_VALUE macro we could only set one bit in the register
which was ok for some scenarios but not for all. With this subreg write
function we can now set more bits defined by the mask while not touching
the rest.
We start using it for the current SR_VALUE use case and will use it more
in upcoming patches.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Allocate the receive bufer from the NUMA node assigned to the primary
channel.
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Occasionnaly we may get oversized packets from the hardware which exceed
the nomimal 2KiB buffer size we allocate SKBs with. Add an early check
which drops the packet to avoid invoking skb_over_panic() and move on to
processing the next packet.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, bcm_sysport_desc_rx() calls bcm_sysport_rx_refill() at the end of Rx
packet processing loop, after the current Rx packet has already been passed to
napi_gro_receive(). However, bcm_sysport_rx_refill() might fail to allocate a new
Rx skb, thus leaving a hole on the Rx queue where no valid Rx buffer exists.
To eliminate this situation:
1. Rewrite bcm_sysport_rx_refill() to retain the current Rx skb on the
Rx queue if a new replacement Rx skb can't be allocated and DMA-mapped.
In this case, the data on the current Rx skb is effectively dropped.
2. Modify bcm_sysport_desc_rx() to call bcm_sysport_rx_refill() at the
top of Rx packet processing loop, so that the new replacement Rx skb is
already in place before the current Rx skb is processed.
This is loosely inspired from d6707bec59 ("net: bcmgenet: rewrite
bcmgenet_rx_refill()")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a 1:1 mapping between the software maintained control block in
priv->rx_cbs and the buffer address in priv->rx_bds, such that there is
no need to keep computing the buffer address when refiling a control
block.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Bug in the driver initialization causes soft-lockup if firmware
initialization timeout is reached. Polling function bfa_ioc_poll_fwinit()
incorrectly calls bfa_nw_iocpf_timeout() when the timeout is reached.
The problem is that bfa_nw_iocpf_timeout() calls again
bfa_ioc_poll_fwinit()... etc. The bfa_ioc_poll_fwinit() should directly
send timeout event for iocpf and the same should be done if firmware
download into HW fails.
Cc: Rasesh Mody <rasesh.mody@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver starts iocpf timer prior bnad_ioceth_enable() call and this is
unreasonable. This piece of code probably originates from Brocade/Qlogic
out-of-box driver during initial import into upstream. This driver uses
only one timer and queue to implement multiple timers and this timer is
started at this place. The upstream driver uses multiple timers instead
of this.
Cc: Rasesh Mody <rasesh.mody@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware required by bna is stored in appropriate files as sequence
of LE32 integers. After loading by request_firmware() they need to be
byte-swapped on big-endian arches. Without this conversion the NIC
is unusable on big-endian machines.
Cc: Rasesh Mody <rasesh.mody@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The thunderx ethernet driver fails to build on architectures
that do not have an atomic readq() and writeq() function for
64-bit PCI bus access:
drivers/net/ethernet/cavium/thunder/thunder_bgx.c: In function 'bgx_reg_read':
include/asm-generic/io.h:195:23: error: implicit declaration of function 'readq' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
It seems impossible to get this driver to work on most 32-bit
hardware, so it's better to add an explicit dependency, in
order to let us keep building 'allmodconfig' kernels on
all architectures.
As the driver is meant for the internal hardware on an arm64 SoC, this
is not a problem for usability. Allowing the build on all 64-bit
architectures rather than just CONFIG_ARM64 on the other hand means that
we get the benefit of build testing on x86.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When freeing a CQ, we need to make sure there are no
asynchronous events (on the ASYNC EQ) that could
relate to this CQ before freeing it.
This is done by introducing synchronize_irq.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that EQs management is in the sole responsibility of mlx4_core,
the IRQ affinity hints configuration should be in its hands as well.
request_irq is called only once by the first consumer (maybe mlx4_ib),
so mlx4_en passes the affinity mask too late. We also need to request
vectors according to the cores we want to run on.
mlx4_core distribution of IRQs to cores is straight forward,
EQ(i)->IRQ will set affinity hint to core i.
Consumers need to request EQ vectors, according to their cores
considerations (NUMA).
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously, mlx4_en allocated EQs and used them exclusively.
This affected RoCE performance, as applications which are
events sensitive were limited to use only the legacy EQs.
Change that by introducing an EQ pool. This pool is managed
by mlx4_core. EQs are assigned to ports (when there are limited
number of EQs, multiple ports could be assigned to the same EQs).
An exception to this rule is the ASYNC EQ which handles various events.
Legacy EQs are completely removed as all EQs could be shared.
When a consumer (mlx4_ib/mlx4_en) requests an EQ, it asks for
EQ serving on a specific port. The core driver calculates which
EQ should be assigned to that request.
Because IRQs are shared between IB and Ethernet modules, their
names only include the PCI device BDF address.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Shamay <idos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In SRIOV, when simple (i.e - Ethernet L2 only) flow steering rules are
created, always create them at MLX4_DOMAIN_NIC priority (instead of
the real priority the function created them at). This is done in order
to let multiple functions add broadcast/multicast rules without
affecting other functions, which is necessary for DPDK in SRIOV.
Signed-off-by: Matan Barak <matanb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-05-28
Here's a set of patches intended for 4.2. The majority of the changes
are on the 802.15.4 side of things rather than Bluetooth related:
- All sorts of cleanups & fixes to ieee802154 and related drivers
- Rework of tx power support in ieee802154 and its drivers
- Support for setting ieee802154 tx power through nl802154
- New IDs for the btusb driver
- Various cleanups & smaller fixes to btusb
- New btrtl driver for Realtec devices
- Fix suspend/resume for Realtek devices
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
